1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from the GNU C compiler.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
42 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
44 #include "insn-config.h"
52 #include "dwarf2out.h"
53 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
59 #include "diagnostic.h"
62 #include "langhooks.h"
63 #include "hashtable.h"
65 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
66 static void dwarf2out_source_line
PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
69 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
70 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
71 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
72 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
73 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
74 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
75 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
76 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
77 CIE = Common Information Entry
78 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
79 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
80 FDE = Frame Description Entry
81 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
82 how to restore registers
84 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
85 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
87 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
93 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
94 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
95 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
98 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
100 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
105 /* The number of the current function definition for which debugging
106 information is being generated. These numbers range from 1 up to the
107 maximum number of function definitions contained within the current
108 compilation unit. These numbers are used to create unique label id's
109 unique to each function definition. */
110 unsigned current_funcdef_number
= 0;
112 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
114 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
117 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note this must appear
118 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro
122 default_eh_frame_section ()
124 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
125 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, SECTION_WRITE
);
127 tree label
= get_file_function_name ('F');
130 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
131 ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
132 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
136 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
138 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
139 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
140 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
143 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
144 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
145 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
147 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
148 Information instructions. The register number, offset
149 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
150 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
152 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
154 unsigned long dw_cfi_reg_num
;
155 long int dw_cfi_offset
;
156 const char *dw_cfi_addr
;
157 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_cfi_loc
;
161 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
163 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
164 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
165 dw_cfi_oprnd dw_cfi_oprnd1
;
166 dw_cfi_oprnd dw_cfi_oprnd2
;
170 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
171 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
172 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
173 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
174 of this structure. */
175 typedef struct cfa_loc
180 int indirect
; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
183 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
184 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
185 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
186 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
187 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
189 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
191 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
192 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
193 const char *dw_fde_end
;
194 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
195 unsigned funcdef_number
;
196 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
197 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
201 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
202 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
204 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
205 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
206 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
207 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
209 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
210 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
213 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
214 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
215 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
218 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
219 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
222 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
224 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
225 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
226 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
228 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
229 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
230 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
231 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
233 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
237 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
238 information for each routine. */
239 static dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
241 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
242 static unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
244 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
245 static unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
247 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
249 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
251 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
252 static dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
254 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
255 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
256 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
257 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
258 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
260 struct ht
*debug_str_hash
;
262 struct indirect_string_node
264 struct ht_identifier id
;
265 unsigned int refcount
;
270 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
272 static char *stripattributes
PARAMS ((const char *));
273 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
274 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi
PARAMS ((void));
275 static void add_cfi
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
));
276 static void add_fde_cfi
PARAMS ((const char *, dw_cfi_ref
));
277 static void lookup_cfa_1
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
,
279 static void lookup_cfa
PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location
*));
280 static void reg_save
PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned,
282 static void initial_return_save
PARAMS ((rtx
));
283 static long stack_adjust_offset
PARAMS ((rtx
));
284 static void output_cfi
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int));
285 static void output_call_frame_info
PARAMS ((int));
286 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust
PARAMS ((rtx
));
287 static void queue_reg_save
PARAMS ((const char *, rtx
, long));
288 static void flush_queued_reg_saves
PARAMS ((void));
289 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save
PARAMS ((rtx
));
290 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr
PARAMS ((rtx
, const char *));
292 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
293 static void output_cfa_loc
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
));
294 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr
PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location
*,
295 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*));
296 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
297 PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location
*));
298 static void def_cfa_1
PARAMS ((const char *,
301 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
302 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
303 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
306 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
307 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
308 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
310 /* Pseudo-op for defining a new section. */
311 #ifndef SECTION_ASM_OP
312 #define SECTION_ASM_OP "\t.section\t"
315 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
316 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
319 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
320 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
323 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
324 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
327 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
328 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
329 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
330 #define CIE_LENGTH_LABEL "LLCIE"
331 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
332 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
333 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
334 #define FDE_LENGTH_LABEL "LLFDE"
335 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
336 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
337 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
338 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
339 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
341 /* Definitions of defaults for various types of primitive assembly language
342 output operations. These may be overridden from within the tm.h file,
343 but typically, that is unnecessary. */
346 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL
347 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL(FILE, SY, HI, LO) \
350 fprintf (FILE, "%s", SET_ASM_OP); \
351 assemble_name (FILE, SY); \
353 assemble_name (FILE, HI); \
355 assemble_name (FILE, LO); \
361 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
362 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
364 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
366 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
368 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
372 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
373 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
374 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
375 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
378 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
379 for the current function. */
380 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
381 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
384 /* Hook used by __throw. */
387 expand_builtin_dwarf_fp_regnum ()
389 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
));
392 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
393 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
399 char *stripped
= xmalloc (strlen (s
) + 2);
404 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
411 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
414 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (address
)
418 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
419 rtx addr
= expand_expr (address
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
420 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
422 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
; i
++)
424 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
425 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (reg_raw_mode
[i
]);
430 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
434 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
437 dwarf_cfi_name (cfi_opc
)
442 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
443 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
445 return "DW_CFA_offset";
447 return "DW_CFA_restore";
451 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
452 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
453 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
454 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
455 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
456 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
457 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
458 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
459 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
460 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
461 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
462 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
463 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
464 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
465 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
466 case DW_CFA_register
:
467 return "DW_CFA_register";
468 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
469 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
470 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
471 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
473 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
474 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
475 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
476 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
477 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
480 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
481 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
482 case DW_CFA_expression
:
483 return "DW_CFA_expression";
484 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
485 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
486 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
487 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
488 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
489 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
491 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
492 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
493 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
496 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
497 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
498 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
499 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
500 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
501 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
504 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
508 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
510 static inline dw_cfi_ref
513 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= (dw_cfi_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node
));
515 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
516 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
517 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
522 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
525 add_cfi (list_head
, cfi
)
526 dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
;
531 /* Find the end of the chain. */
532 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
538 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
541 dwarf2out_cfi_label ()
543 static char label
[20];
544 static unsigned long label_num
= 0;
546 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", label_num
++);
547 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
551 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
552 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
555 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
)
561 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
564 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
566 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
567 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
571 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
= xstrdup (label
);
573 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
575 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
576 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
577 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
580 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, cfi
);
584 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head
, cfi
);
587 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
590 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
)
592 dw_cfa_location
*loc
;
594 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
596 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
597 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
599 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
600 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
603 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
604 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
606 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
607 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
614 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
618 dw_cfa_location
*loc
;
622 loc
->reg
= (unsigned long) -1;
625 loc
->base_offset
= 0;
627 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
628 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
630 if (fde_table_in_use
)
632 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
633 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
634 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
638 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
639 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
641 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
643 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
645 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
646 static long args_size
;
648 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
649 static long old_args_size
;
651 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
652 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
653 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
656 dwarf2out_def_cfa (label
, reg
, offset
)
666 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
669 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
670 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
673 def_cfa_1 (label
, loc_p
)
675 dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
;
678 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
683 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
684 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
686 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
687 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
689 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
690 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
691 && loc
.indirect
== old_cfa
.indirect
692 && (loc
.indirect
== 0 || loc
.base_offset
== old_cfa
.base_offset
))
697 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
699 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
700 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
702 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
703 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
706 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
707 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
&& old_cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) -1
710 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
711 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
712 offset has not changed. */
713 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
714 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
718 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
720 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
721 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
722 the specified offset. */
723 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
724 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
725 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
729 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
730 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
731 register-offset pair is available. */
732 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
734 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
735 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
);
736 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
739 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
742 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
743 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
744 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
745 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
748 reg_save (label
, reg
, sreg
, offset
)
754 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
756 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
758 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
759 the value isn't a register number. */
760 if (sreg
== (unsigned int) -1)
763 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
765 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
767 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
769 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
771 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
772 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
773 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
775 long check_offset
= offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
777 if (check_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
!= offset
)
781 offset
/= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
783 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
785 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
787 else if (sreg
== reg
)
788 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
792 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
793 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
796 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
799 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
800 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
801 from the previous frame's window save area.
803 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
804 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
807 dwarf2out_window_save (label
)
810 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
812 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
813 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
816 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
817 pushed onto the stack. */
820 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, size
)
826 if (size
== old_args_size
)
829 old_args_size
= size
;
832 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
833 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
834 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
837 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
838 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
841 dwarf2out_reg_save (label
, reg
, offset
)
846 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), -1, offset
);
849 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
850 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
853 dwarf2out_return_save (label
, offset
)
857 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, -1, offset
);
860 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
861 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
864 dwarf2out_return_reg (label
, sreg
)
868 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, sreg
, 0);
871 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
872 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
875 initial_return_save (rtl
)
878 unsigned int reg
= (unsigned int) -1;
879 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
881 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
884 /* RA is in a register. */
885 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
889 /* RA is on the stack. */
891 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
894 if (REGNO (rtl
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
900 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
902 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
906 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
908 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
918 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
919 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
920 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
921 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
923 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
930 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
933 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
937 stack_adjust_offset (pattern
)
940 rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
941 rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
942 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
945 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
947 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
948 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
949 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
950 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
951 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
954 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
958 else if (GET_CODE (dest
) == MEM
)
960 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
961 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
962 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
968 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
970 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
971 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
972 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != PLUS
||
973 GET_CODE (val
) != CONST_INT
)
975 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
982 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
984 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
991 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
993 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1008 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1009 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1010 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1013 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
)
1016 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1020 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
1022 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1023 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1024 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1025 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1026 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1027 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1028 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != CALL
)
1031 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1035 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1036 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1037 else if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1040 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == BARRIER
)
1042 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1043 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1044 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1045 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1046 offset
= -args_size
;
1051 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1052 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
));
1053 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1054 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1056 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1058 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1059 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1060 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
));
1068 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1069 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1071 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1075 args_size
+= offset
;
1079 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1080 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1081 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1084 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1085 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1086 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1088 struct queued_reg_save
1090 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1095 static struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1096 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1099 queue_reg_save (label
, reg
, offset
)
1104 struct queued_reg_save
*q
= (struct queued_reg_save
*) xmalloc (sizeof (*q
));
1106 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1108 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1109 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1111 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1115 flush_queued_reg_saves ()
1117 struct queued_reg_save
*q
, *next
;
1119 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= next
)
1121 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, REGNO (q
->reg
), q
->cfa_offset
);
1126 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1127 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1131 clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
)
1134 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1136 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1137 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1144 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1145 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1146 value, not an offset. */
1147 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1149 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1150 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1151 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1154 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1155 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1156 users need not read the source code.
1158 The High-Level Picture
1160 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1161 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1162 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1163 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1164 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1166 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1167 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1168 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1169 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1170 saves. This also seems to work.
1172 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1173 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1174 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1175 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1177 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1178 offset is non-zero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1179 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1180 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1182 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1184 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1185 consists of a register and an offset.
1186 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1187 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1188 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1189 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1190 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1191 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1192 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1194 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1195 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1196 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1199 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1200 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1201 and cfa_temp.offset.
1203 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1206 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1207 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1208 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1212 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1213 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1216 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1217 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1218 cfa.offset unchanged
1219 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1220 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1223 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1224 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1225 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1226 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1227 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1228 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1231 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1232 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1233 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1236 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1237 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1239 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1240 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1241 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1244 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1245 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1247 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1248 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1251 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1252 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1253 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1256 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1257 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1258 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1261 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1265 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1266 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1267 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1270 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1271 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1272 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1274 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1277 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1278 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1279 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1281 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1284 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1287 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1288 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1291 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1292 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1293 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1296 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1297 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1298 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1299 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1302 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (expr
, label
)
1307 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1309 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1310 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1311 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1312 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1313 flag is set in them. */
1314 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1317 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
1319 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1320 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
)) == SET
1321 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
))
1323 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
), label
);
1328 if (GET_CODE (expr
) != SET
)
1331 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
1332 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
1334 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
1338 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1339 relative to the current CFA register. */
1340 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1342 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1344 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
1350 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1351 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1352 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1353 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1354 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1355 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1356 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1362 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1366 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1369 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1372 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1)) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1374 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1380 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1382 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1383 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1385 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1387 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
1388 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1390 else if (XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
)
1393 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1395 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1396 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1397 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1398 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1400 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1403 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1404 or adjusting the FP */
1405 if (! frame_pointer_needed
)
1408 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1409 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1410 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1412 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1413 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1415 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1416 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1423 if (GET_CODE (src
) == MINUS
)
1427 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1428 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1429 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1431 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1432 into the FP later on. */
1433 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1434 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1435 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1436 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1437 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1438 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1442 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1443 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1444 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1446 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1447 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1448 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1450 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1451 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
1455 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
1456 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1458 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1459 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1468 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1469 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
1474 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) != REG
1475 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) != cfa_temp
.reg
1476 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1479 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1480 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1481 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1484 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1485 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1494 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1498 if (GET_CODE (src
) != REG
)
1501 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1503 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1508 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1509 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1511 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
1513 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1514 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1517 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1518 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1519 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1521 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1527 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1528 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
1531 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1532 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1535 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1536 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1537 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1539 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1543 /* With an offset. */
1547 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1549 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
1550 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
1553 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1554 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
1555 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1556 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1562 /* Without an offset. */
1564 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1565 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1566 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1567 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1574 if (cfa_temp
.reg
!= (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1576 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1577 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1584 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1585 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1586 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
1588 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1590 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
1592 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1593 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1595 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1596 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, offset
);
1601 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1602 calculate the CFA. */
1603 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1605 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1607 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1610 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
1611 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
1613 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1618 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1619 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, offset
);
1627 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1628 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1629 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1632 dwarf2out_frame_debug (insn
)
1638 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
1640 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1641 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1643 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1645 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
))
1648 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1651 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
1655 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != INSN
|| clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
1656 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1658 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1660 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1661 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
);
1666 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1667 src
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1669 insn
= XEXP (src
, 0);
1671 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1673 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
1676 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1679 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
)
1684 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
1685 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1686 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
1687 "DW_CFA_advance_loc 0x%lx",
1688 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
1689 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
1691 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1692 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1693 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx",
1694 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1695 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1697 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
1698 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1699 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1700 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx",
1701 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1704 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
1705 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
1707 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
1709 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1711 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1712 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1713 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
1716 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
1717 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
1720 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1721 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1722 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1723 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1726 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1727 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1728 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1729 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1732 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1733 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1734 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1735 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1738 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1739 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1740 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1741 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1744 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1745 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1746 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1748 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1751 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1752 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1753 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1755 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1758 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1759 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1760 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1761 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1762 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1766 case DW_CFA_register
:
1767 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1769 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1773 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1774 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1775 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1778 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1779 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1782 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1785 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1786 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1787 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
1790 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
1791 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
1800 /* Output the call frame information used to used to record information
1801 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1802 location of saved registers. */
1805 output_call_frame_info (for_eh
)
1811 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
1812 int any_lsda_needed
= 0;
1813 char augmentation
[6];
1814 int augmentation_size
;
1815 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1816 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1817 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1819 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
1820 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
1823 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't emit any
1824 EH unwind information. */
1827 int any_eh_needed
= flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
1829 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
1830 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
1831 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= 1;
1832 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
)
1835 if (! any_eh_needed
)
1839 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1844 (*targetm
.asm_out
.eh_frame_section
) ();
1846 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
1848 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1849 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
1851 /* Output the CIE. */
1852 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1853 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1854 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
1855 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1856 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
1858 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1859 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1860 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
1861 (for_eh
? 0 : DW_CIE_ID
),
1862 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1864 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION
, "CIE Version");
1866 augmentation
[0] = 0;
1867 augmentation_size
= 0;
1873 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1874 augmentation section.
1875 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
1876 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
1877 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
1879 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
1880 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
1882 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
1883 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
1884 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
1886 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
1887 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
1890 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
1892 if (any_lsda_needed
)
1895 augmentation_size
+= 1;
1897 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
1900 augmentation_size
+= 1;
1902 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
1904 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
1908 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
1909 if (eh_personality_libfunc
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
1911 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
1913 + 1 /* CIE version */
1914 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
1915 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
1916 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
1918 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
1919 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
1920 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
1922 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
1924 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
1925 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
1926 if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) != 1)
1931 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
1932 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
1933 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
1934 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
1935 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, "CIE RA Column");
1937 if (augmentation
[0])
1939 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
1940 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
1942 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
1943 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
1944 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
1945 eh_personality_libfunc
, NULL
);
1948 if (any_lsda_needed
)
1949 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
1950 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
1952 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
1953 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
1954 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
1957 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
1958 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
1960 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
1961 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
1962 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
1963 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
1965 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
1966 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
1968 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
1970 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
1971 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& for_eh
&& fde
->nothrow
1972 && ! fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
1975 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
1976 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
1977 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
1978 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
1980 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
1983 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
1985 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
1990 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
,
1991 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
),
1992 "FDE initial location");
1993 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
1994 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
1995 "FDE address range");
1999 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2000 "FDE initial location");
2001 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2002 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2003 "FDE address range");
2006 if (augmentation
[0])
2008 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2010 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
2012 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2014 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2015 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2016 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
2017 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2018 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2021 if (size_of_uleb128 (size
) != 1)
2025 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
2027 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2029 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, "LLSDA",
2030 fde
->funcdef_number
);
2031 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2032 lsda_encoding
, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
2033 "Language Specific Data Area");
2037 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2038 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
2040 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
2041 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2045 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2048 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2050 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
2051 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2052 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
2054 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2055 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2056 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
2057 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2060 #ifndef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2062 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2064 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2065 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2066 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2067 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
2070 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2075 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2079 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (line
, file
)
2080 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2081 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2083 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2086 current_function_func_begin_label
= 0;
2088 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2089 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2090 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2092 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
2093 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2096 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2100 current_funcdef_number
++;
2101 function_section (current_function_decl
);
2102 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2103 current_funcdef_number
);
2104 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2105 current_funcdef_number
);
2106 current_function_func_begin_label
= get_identifier (label
);
2108 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2109 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2110 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2114 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2115 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
2117 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2119 = (dw_fde_ref
) xrealloc (fde_table
,
2120 fde_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2123 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2124 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
2126 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2127 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
2128 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= xstrdup (label
);
2129 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
2130 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
2131 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
2132 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_funcdef_number
;
2133 fde
->nothrow
= current_function_nothrow
;
2134 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= cfun
->uses_eh_lsda
;
2136 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
2138 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2139 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2140 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2142 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
);
2146 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2147 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2151 dwarf2out_end_epilogue ()
2154 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2156 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2158 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, current_funcdef_number
);
2159 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
2160 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
2161 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
2165 dwarf2out_frame_init ()
2167 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2168 fde_table
= (dw_fde_ref
) xcalloc (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
, sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2169 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2170 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
2172 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2173 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2175 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2176 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2177 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
2178 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
2183 dwarf2out_frame_finish ()
2185 /* Output call frame information. */
2186 if (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
|| write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
)
2187 output_call_frame_info (0);
2189 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
2190 output_call_frame_info (1);
2193 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2194 for emitting location expressions. */
2196 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
2197 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
2198 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
2199 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
2201 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2202 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2203 implementation are listed below. */
2208 dw_val_class_offset
,
2210 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
2211 dw_val_class_range_list
,
2213 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
2214 dw_val_class_long_long
,
2217 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
2218 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
2219 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
2220 dw_val_class_lbl_offset
,
2225 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2226 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2228 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
2235 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2237 typedef struct dw_fp_struct
2244 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2245 represented internally. */
2247 typedef struct dw_val_struct
2249 dw_val_class val_class
;
2253 long unsigned val_offset
;
2254 dw_loc_list_ref val_loc_list
;
2255 dw_loc_descr_ref val_loc
;
2257 long unsigned val_unsigned
;
2258 dw_long_long_const val_long_long
;
2259 dw_float_const val_float
;
2265 unsigned val_fde_index
;
2266 struct indirect_string_node
*val_str
;
2268 unsigned char val_flag
;
2274 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2277 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
2279 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
2280 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc
;
2281 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2282 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2287 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2288 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2289 their entire life. */
2290 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
2292 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
2293 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
2294 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
2295 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2296 Only on head of list */
2297 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2298 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
2301 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
2302 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr
PARAMS ((enum dwarf_location_atom
,
2305 static void add_loc_descr
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
*,
2307 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2308 static unsigned long size_of_locs
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2309 static void output_loc_operands
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2310 static void output_loc_sequence
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2312 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2315 dwarf_stack_op_name (op
)
2321 return "DW_OP_addr";
2323 return "DW_OP_deref";
2325 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2327 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2329 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2331 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2333 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2335 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2337 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2339 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2341 return "DW_OP_constu";
2343 return "DW_OP_consts";
2347 return "DW_OP_drop";
2349 return "DW_OP_over";
2351 return "DW_OP_pick";
2353 return "DW_OP_swap";
2357 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2365 return "DW_OP_minus";
2377 return "DW_OP_plus";
2378 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2379 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2385 return "DW_OP_shra";
2403 return "DW_OP_skip";
2405 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2407 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2409 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2411 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2413 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2415 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2417 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2419 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2421 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2423 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2425 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2427 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2429 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2431 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2433 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2435 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2437 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2439 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2441 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2443 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2445 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2447 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2449 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2451 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2453 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2455 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2457 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2459 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2461 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2463 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2465 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2467 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2469 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2471 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2473 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2475 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2477 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2479 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2481 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2483 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2485 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2487 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2489 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2491 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2493 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2495 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2497 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2499 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2501 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2503 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2505 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2507 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2509 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2511 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2513 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2515 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2517 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2519 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2521 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2523 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2525 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2527 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2529 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2531 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2533 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2535 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2537 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2539 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2541 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2543 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2545 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2547 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2549 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2551 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2553 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2555 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2557 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2559 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2561 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2563 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2565 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2567 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2569 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2571 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2573 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2575 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2577 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2579 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2581 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2583 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2585 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2587 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2589 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2591 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2593 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2595 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2597 return "DW_OP_regx";
2599 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2601 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2603 return "DW_OP_piece";
2604 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2605 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2606 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2607 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2611 return "OP_<unknown>";
2615 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2616 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2617 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2619 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2620 new_loc_descr (op
, oprnd1
, oprnd2
)
2621 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
2622 unsigned long oprnd1
;
2623 unsigned long oprnd2
;
2625 /* Use xcalloc here so we clear out all of the long_long constant in
2627 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
2628 = (dw_loc_descr_ref
) xcalloc (1, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
2630 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
2631 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2632 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
2633 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2634 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
2640 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2643 add_loc_descr (list_head
, descr
)
2644 dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
;
2645 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
2647 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
2649 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2650 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
2656 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2658 static unsigned long
2659 size_of_loc_descr (loc
)
2660 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2662 unsigned long size
= 1;
2664 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2667 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2686 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2689 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2694 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2695 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2733 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2736 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2739 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2742 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2743 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
2746 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2748 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2749 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2759 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2761 static unsigned long
2763 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2767 for (size
= 0; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
2769 loc
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
2770 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (loc
);
2776 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2779 output_loc_operands (loc
)
2780 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2782 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2783 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2785 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2787 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2789 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
2793 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2797 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2801 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
< 64)
2803 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2810 if (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
)
2811 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
2815 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
2828 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2829 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2830 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2831 only doing unwinding. */
2836 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2839 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2842 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2845 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2847 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2848 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2882 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2885 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2888 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2891 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2892 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2895 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2897 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2898 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2899 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2902 /* Other codes have no operands. */
2907 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
2910 output_loc_sequence (loc
)
2911 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2913 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
2915 /* Output the opcode. */
2916 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
2917 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
2919 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
2920 output_loc_operands (loc
);
2924 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
2925 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
2928 output_cfa_loc (cfi
)
2931 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2934 /* Output the size of the block. */
2935 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
2936 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
2937 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
2939 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
2940 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
2943 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
2944 a dw_cfa_location. */
2946 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
2948 dw_cfa_location
*cfa
;
2950 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
2952 if (cfa
->indirect
== 0)
2955 if (cfa
->base_offset
)
2958 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
, 0);
2960 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
2962 else if (cfa
->reg
<= 31)
2963 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ cfa
->reg
, 0, 0);
2965 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, cfa
->reg
, 0);
2967 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
2968 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
2969 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
2970 if (cfa
->offset
!= 0)
2972 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, cfa
->offset
, 0);
2973 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
2979 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
2980 descriptor sequence. */
2983 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (cfa
, loc
)
2984 dw_cfa_location
*cfa
;
2985 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
;
2987 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
2989 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
2993 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
2995 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
3031 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
3034 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3068 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
3069 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3072 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3073 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
3078 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3079 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
3082 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3083 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
3087 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3089 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3090 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3092 /* .debug_str support. */
3093 static hashnode indirect_string_alloc
PARAMS ((hash_table
*));
3094 static int output_indirect_string
PARAMS ((struct cpp_reader
*,
3095 hashnode
, const PTR
));
3098 static void dwarf2out_init
PARAMS ((const char *));
3099 static void dwarf2out_finish
PARAMS ((const char *));
3100 static void dwarf2out_define
PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
3101 static void dwarf2out_undef
PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
3102 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file
PARAMS ((unsigned, const char *));
3103 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3104 static void dwarf2out_begin_block
PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
3105 static void dwarf2out_end_block
PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
3106 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block
PARAMS ((tree
));
3107 static void dwarf2out_global_decl
PARAMS ((tree
));
3108 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function
PARAMS ((tree
));
3110 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3112 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
3118 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
3119 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
3120 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
3121 dwarf2out_end_block
,
3122 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
3123 dwarf2out_source_line
,
3124 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
3125 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_prologue */
3126 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
3127 debug_nothing_tree
, /* begin_function */
3128 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
3129 dwarf2out_decl
, /* function_decl */
3130 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
3131 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
3132 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3133 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3134 something tries to reference them. */
3135 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
3136 debug_nothing_rtx
/* label */
3139 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3140 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3141 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3143 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3144 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3145 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3146 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3148 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3149 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3151 typedef long int dw_offset
;
3153 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3155 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
3156 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
3157 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
3158 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
3159 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
3161 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3162 line number associated with the label generated for that
3163 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3164 the line number entry. */
3166 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
3168 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3169 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3173 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3175 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
3177 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3178 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3179 unsigned long function
;
3181 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
3183 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3184 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3185 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3187 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
3189 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
3190 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next
;
3191 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
3195 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3197 typedef struct die_struct
3199 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
3201 dw_attr_ref die_attr
;
3202 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
3203 dw_die_ref die_child
;
3205 dw_offset die_offset
;
3206 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
3211 /* The pubname structure */
3213 typedef struct pubname_struct
3220 struct dw_ranges_struct
3225 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3226 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
3230 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
3234 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3235 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3236 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3239 /* Define a macro which returns non-zero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3240 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3242 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3243 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3244 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3245 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3246 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3247 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3249 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3250 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3251 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3252 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3253 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3254 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3255 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3256 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3257 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3258 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3260 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3261 language, and compiler version. */
3263 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3264 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3266 /* Fixed size portion of debugging line information prolog. */
3267 #define DWARF_LINE_PROLOG_HEADER_SIZE 5
3269 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3270 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3272 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3273 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3274 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3275 - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
3277 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3278 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3279 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3280 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3281 - (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3283 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3284 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3285 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3286 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3288 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3292 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3293 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3294 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3296 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3297 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3299 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3300 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3302 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3303 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3304 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3305 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3306 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3308 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3309 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3310 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
3312 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3313 static dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
3315 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3316 static limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
= 0;
3318 /* Structure used by lookup_filename to manage sets of filenames. */
3324 unsigned last_lookup_index
;
3327 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the filename
3329 #define FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3331 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3332 static struct file_table file_table
;
3334 /* Local pointer to the name of the main input file. Initialized in
3336 static const char *primary_filename
;
3338 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
3339 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
3340 number identifying each decl. */
3341 static dw_die_ref
*decl_die_table
;
3343 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
3344 static unsigned decl_die_table_allocated
;
3346 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
3347 static unsigned decl_die_table_in_use
;
3349 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3351 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3353 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
3354 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
3355 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
3356 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
3357 define type declaration DIE's. */
3358 varray_type decl_scope_table
;
3360 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3361 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3362 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3363 static dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
3365 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3366 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
3368 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3369 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
3371 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3372 abbrev_die_table. */
3373 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3375 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3376 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3377 static dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
3379 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3380 static unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
3382 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3383 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
3385 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3386 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3387 static dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
3389 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3390 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
3392 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3393 static unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
3395 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3397 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3399 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3400 accessible names. */
3401 static pubname_ref pubname_table
;
3403 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3404 static unsigned pubname_table_allocated
;
3406 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3407 static unsigned pubname_table_in_use
;
3409 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3411 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3413 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3414 static dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
3416 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3417 static unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
3419 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3420 static unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
3422 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3424 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3426 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3427 static dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
3429 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3430 static unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
3432 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3433 static unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
3435 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3437 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3439 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3440 static unsigned have_location_lists
;
3442 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
3443 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
3444 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
3445 varray_type incomplete_types
;
3447 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3448 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
3449 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3450 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
3453 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
3454 must be kept around forever. This is a GC root. */
3455 static varray_type used_rtx_varray
;
3457 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3459 static int is_pseudo_reg
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3460 static tree type_main_variant
PARAMS ((tree
));
3461 static int is_tagged_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3462 static const char *dwarf_tag_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3463 static const char *dwarf_attr_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3464 static const char *dwarf_form_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3466 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3468 static tree decl_ultimate_origin
PARAMS ((tree
));
3469 static tree block_ultimate_origin
PARAMS ((tree
));
3470 static tree decl_class_context
PARAMS ((tree
));
3471 static void add_dwarf_attr
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
));
3472 static inline dw_val_class AT_class
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3473 static void add_AT_flag
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3474 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3476 static inline unsigned AT_flag
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3477 static void add_AT_int
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3478 enum dwarf_attribute
, long));
3479 static inline long int AT_int
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3480 static void add_AT_unsigned
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3481 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3483 static inline unsigned long AT_unsigned
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3484 static void add_AT_long_long
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3485 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3488 static void add_AT_float
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3489 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3491 static void add_AT_string
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3492 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3494 static inline const char *AT_string
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3495 static int AT_string_form
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3496 static void add_AT_die_ref
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3497 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3499 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3500 static inline int AT_ref_external
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3501 static inline void set_AT_ref_external
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
, int));
3502 static void add_AT_fde_ref
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3503 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3505 static void add_AT_loc
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3506 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3508 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3509 static void add_AT_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3510 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3512 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3513 static void add_AT_addr
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3514 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3516 static inline rtx AT_addr
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3517 static void add_AT_lbl_id
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3518 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3520 static void add_AT_lbl_offset
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3521 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3523 static void add_AT_offset
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3524 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3526 static void add_AT_range_list
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3527 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3529 static inline const char *AT_lbl
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3530 static dw_attr_ref get_AT
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3531 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3532 static const char *get_AT_low_pc
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3533 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3534 static const char *get_AT_string
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3535 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3536 static int get_AT_flag
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3537 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3538 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3539 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3540 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3541 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3542 static int is_c_family
PARAMS ((void));
3543 static int is_cxx
PARAMS ((void));
3544 static int is_java
PARAMS ((void));
3545 static int is_fortran
PARAMS ((void));
3546 static void remove_AT
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3547 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3548 static inline void free_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3549 static void remove_children
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3550 static void add_child_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3551 static dw_die_ref new_die
PARAMS ((enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
,
3553 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3554 static void equate_type_number_to_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3555 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3556 static void equate_decl_number_to_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3557 static void print_spaces
PARAMS ((FILE *));
3558 static void print_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, FILE *));
3559 static void print_dwarf_line_table
PARAMS ((FILE *));
3560 static void reverse_die_lists
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3561 static void reverse_all_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3562 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3563 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3564 static void loc_checksum
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3566 static void attr_checksum
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
,
3568 static void die_checksum
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3570 static void compute_section_prefix
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3571 static int is_type_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3572 static int is_comdat_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3573 static int is_symbol_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3574 static void assign_symbol_names
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3575 static void break_out_includes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3576 static void add_sibling_attributes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3577 static void build_abbrev_table
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3578 static void output_location_lists
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3579 static int constant_size
PARAMS ((long unsigned));
3580 static unsigned long size_of_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3581 static void calc_die_sizes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3582 static void mark_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3583 static void unmark_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3584 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames
PARAMS ((void));
3585 static unsigned long size_of_aranges
PARAMS ((void));
3586 static enum dwarf_form value_format
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3587 static void output_value_format
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3588 static void output_abbrev_section
PARAMS ((void));
3589 static void output_die_symbol
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3590 static void output_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3591 static void output_compilation_unit_header
PARAMS ((void));
3592 static void output_comp_unit
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3593 static const char *dwarf2_name
PARAMS ((tree
, int));
3594 static void add_pubname
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3595 static void output_pubnames
PARAMS ((void));
3596 static void add_arange
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3597 static void output_aranges
PARAMS ((void));
3598 static unsigned int add_ranges
PARAMS ((tree
));
3599 static void output_ranges
PARAMS ((void));
3600 static void output_line_info
PARAMS ((void));
3601 static void output_file_names
PARAMS ((void));
3602 static dw_die_ref base_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3603 static tree root_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3604 static int is_base_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3605 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
));
3606 static int type_is_enum
PARAMS ((tree
));
3607 static unsigned int reg_number
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3608 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3609 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT
));
3610 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr
PARAMS ((unsigned, long));
3611 static int is_based_loc
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3612 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
));
3613 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
));
3614 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3615 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree
PARAMS ((tree
, int));
3616 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling
PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int));
3617 static tree field_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3618 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits
PARAMS ((tree
));
3619 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits
PARAMS ((tree
));
3620 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits
PARAMS ((tree
));
3621 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset
PARAMS ((tree
));
3622 static void add_AT_location_description
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3623 enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
));
3624 static void add_data_member_location_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3625 static void add_const_value_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, rtx
));
3626 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location
PARAMS ((tree
));
3627 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3628 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3629 static void add_name_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, const char *));
3630 static void add_bound_info
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3631 enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
));
3632 static void add_subscript_info
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3633 static void add_byte_size_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3634 static void add_bit_offset_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3635 static void add_bit_size_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3636 static void add_prototyped_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3637 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3638 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3639 static void add_src_coords_attributes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3640 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3641 static void push_decl_scope
PARAMS ((tree
));
3642 static void pop_decl_scope
PARAMS ((void));
3643 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3644 static inline int local_scope_p
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3645 static inline int class_scope_p
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3646 static void add_type_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int,
3648 static const char *type_tag
PARAMS ((tree
));
3649 static tree member_declared_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3651 static const char *decl_start_label
PARAMS ((tree
));
3653 static void gen_array_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3654 static void gen_set_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3656 static void gen_entry_point_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3658 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3659 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3660 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3661 static void gen_enumeration_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3662 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3663 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3664 static void gen_formal_types_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3665 static void gen_subprogram_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3666 static void gen_variable_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3667 static void gen_label_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3668 static void gen_lexical_block_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3669 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3670 static void gen_field_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3671 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3672 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die
PARAMS ((const char *));
3673 static void gen_string_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3674 static void gen_inheritance_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3675 static void gen_member_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3676 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3677 static void gen_subroutine_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3678 static void gen_typedef_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3679 static void gen_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3680 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3681 static void gen_block_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3682 static void decls_for_scope
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3683 static int is_redundant_typedef
PARAMS ((tree
));
3684 static void gen_decl_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3685 static unsigned lookup_filename
PARAMS ((const char *));
3686 static void init_file_table
PARAMS ((void));
3687 static void retry_incomplete_types
PARAMS ((void));
3688 static void gen_type_die_for_member
PARAMS ((tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3689 static void splice_child_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3690 static int file_info_cmp
PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3691 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3692 const char *, const char *,
3693 const char *, unsigned));
3694 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref
*,
3696 const char *, const char *, const char *));
3697 static void output_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref
));
3698 static char *gen_internal_sym
PARAMS ((const char *));
3699 static void mark_limbo_die_list
PARAMS ((void *));
3701 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3702 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3703 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3705 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3706 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3708 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3709 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3711 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3712 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3714 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3715 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3717 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3718 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3720 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3721 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3723 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3724 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3726 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3727 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3730 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3731 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3732 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3735 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
3736 #ifdef HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE
3737 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
3738 (SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1)
3740 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS SECTION_DEBUG
3743 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3744 the section names themselves. */
3746 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3747 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3749 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3750 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3752 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3753 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3755 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3756 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3758 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3759 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3761 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
3762 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
3764 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3765 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3768 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3769 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3770 options is used and DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3771 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3772 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3774 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3775 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3776 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3777 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3778 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3779 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3780 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3781 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3783 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3784 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3786 #ifndef DATA_END_LABEL
3787 #define DATA_END_LABEL "Ledata"
3789 #ifndef BSS_END_LABEL
3790 #define BSS_END_LABEL "Lebss"
3792 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3793 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3795 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3796 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3798 #ifndef BODY_BEGIN_LABEL
3799 #define BODY_BEGIN_LABEL "Lbb"
3801 #ifndef BODY_END_LABEL
3802 #define BODY_END_LABEL "Lbe"
3804 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3805 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3807 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3808 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3811 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3812 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3814 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) PARAMS ((const char *));
3817 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (func
)
3818 const char *(*func
) PARAMS ((const char *));
3820 demangle_name_func
= func
;
3823 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3829 return ((GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
&& REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
3830 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
3831 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
3834 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3838 type_main_variant (type
)
3841 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
3843 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
3844 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
3845 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
3846 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
3848 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
3849 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
3850 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
3855 /* Return non-zero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
3858 is_tagged_type (type
)
3861 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
3863 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
3864 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
3867 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
3870 dwarf_tag_name (tag
)
3875 case DW_TAG_padding
:
3876 return "DW_TAG_padding";
3877 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
3878 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
3879 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
3880 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
3881 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
3882 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
3883 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
3884 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
3885 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
3886 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
3887 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
3888 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
3890 return "DW_TAG_label";
3891 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
3892 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
3894 return "DW_TAG_member";
3895 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
3896 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
3897 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
3898 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
3899 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
3900 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
3901 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
3902 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
3903 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
3904 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
3905 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
3906 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
3907 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
3908 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
3909 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
3910 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
3911 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
3912 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
3913 case DW_TAG_variant
:
3914 return "DW_TAG_variant";
3915 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
3916 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
3917 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
3918 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
3919 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
3920 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
3921 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
3922 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
3924 return "DW_TAG_module";
3925 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
3926 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
3927 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
3928 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
3929 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
3930 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
3931 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
3932 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
3933 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
3934 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
3935 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
3936 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
3937 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
3938 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
3939 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
3940 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
3941 case DW_TAG_constant
:
3942 return "DW_TAG_constant";
3943 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
3944 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
3945 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
3946 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
3948 return "DW_TAG_friend";
3949 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
3950 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
3951 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
3952 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
3953 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
3954 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
3955 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
3956 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
3957 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
3958 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
3959 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
3960 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
3961 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
3962 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
3963 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
3964 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
3965 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
3966 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
3967 case DW_TAG_variable
:
3968 return "DW_TAG_variable";
3969 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
3970 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
3971 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
3972 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
3973 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
3974 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
3975 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
3976 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
3977 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
3978 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
3979 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
3980 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
3981 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
3982 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
3984 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
3988 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
3991 dwarf_attr_name (attr
)
3997 return "DW_AT_sibling";
3998 case DW_AT_location
:
3999 return "DW_AT_location";
4001 return "DW_AT_name";
4002 case DW_AT_ordering
:
4003 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4004 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
4005 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4006 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
4007 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4008 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
4009 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4010 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
4011 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4012 case DW_AT_element_list
:
4013 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4014 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
4015 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4017 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4019 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4020 case DW_AT_language
:
4021 return "DW_AT_language";
4023 return "DW_AT_member";
4025 return "DW_AT_discr";
4026 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
4027 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4028 case DW_AT_visibility
:
4029 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4031 return "DW_AT_import";
4032 case DW_AT_string_length
:
4033 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4034 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
4035 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4036 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
4037 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4038 case DW_AT_const_value
:
4039 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4040 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
4041 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4042 case DW_AT_default_value
:
4043 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4045 return "DW_AT_inline";
4046 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
4047 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4048 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
4049 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4050 case DW_AT_producer
:
4051 return "DW_AT_producer";
4052 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
4053 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4054 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
4055 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4056 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
4057 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4058 case DW_AT_stride_size
:
4059 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4060 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
4061 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4062 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
4063 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4064 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
4065 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4066 case DW_AT_address_class
:
4067 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4068 case DW_AT_artificial
:
4069 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4070 case DW_AT_base_types
:
4071 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4072 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
4073 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4075 return "DW_AT_count";
4076 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
4077 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4078 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
4079 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4080 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
4081 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4082 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
4083 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4084 case DW_AT_declaration
:
4085 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4086 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
4087 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4088 case DW_AT_encoding
:
4089 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4090 case DW_AT_external
:
4091 return "DW_AT_external";
4092 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
4093 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4095 return "DW_AT_friend";
4096 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
4097 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4098 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
4099 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4100 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
4101 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4102 case DW_AT_priority
:
4103 return "DW_AT_priority";
4105 return "DW_AT_segment";
4106 case DW_AT_specification
:
4107 return "DW_AT_specification";
4108 case DW_AT_static_link
:
4109 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4111 return "DW_AT_type";
4112 case DW_AT_use_location
:
4113 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4114 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
4115 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4116 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
4117 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4118 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
4119 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4121 case DW_AT_allocated
:
4122 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4123 case DW_AT_associated
:
4124 return "DW_AT_associated";
4125 case DW_AT_data_location
:
4126 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4128 return "DW_AT_stride";
4129 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
4130 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4131 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
4132 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4133 case DW_AT_extension
:
4134 return "DW_AT_extension";
4136 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4137 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
4138 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4139 case DW_AT_call_column
:
4140 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4141 case DW_AT_call_file
:
4142 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4143 case DW_AT_call_line
:
4144 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4146 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
4147 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4148 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
4149 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4150 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
4151 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4152 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
4153 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4154 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
4155 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4156 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
4157 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4158 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
4159 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4160 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
4161 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4162 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
4163 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4164 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
4165 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4166 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
4167 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4169 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
4170 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4171 case DW_AT_src_info
:
4172 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4173 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
4174 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4175 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
4176 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4177 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
4178 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4179 case DW_AT_body_end
:
4180 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4181 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
4182 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4184 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
4185 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4188 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4192 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4195 dwarf_form_name (form
)
4201 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4202 case DW_FORM_block2
:
4203 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4204 case DW_FORM_block4
:
4205 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4207 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4209 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4211 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4212 case DW_FORM_string
:
4213 return "DW_FORM_string";
4215 return "DW_FORM_block";
4216 case DW_FORM_block1
:
4217 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4219 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4221 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4223 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4225 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4227 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4228 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
4229 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4231 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4233 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4235 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4237 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4238 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
4239 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4240 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
4241 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4243 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4247 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4251 dwarf_type_encoding_name (enc
)
4256 case DW_ATE_address
:
4257 return "DW_ATE_address";
4258 case DW_ATE_boolean
:
4259 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4260 case DW_ATE_complex_float
:
4261 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4263 return "DW_ATE_float";
4265 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4266 case DW_ATE_signed_char
:
4267 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4268 case DW_ATE_unsigned
:
4269 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4270 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char
:
4271 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4273 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4278 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4279 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4280 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4281 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4285 decl_ultimate_origin (decl
)
4288 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4289 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4290 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4291 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
4294 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4295 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)))
4296 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4297 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4301 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
4304 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4305 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4306 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4307 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4311 block_ultimate_origin (block
)
4314 tree immediate_origin
= BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block
);
4316 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4317 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4318 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4319 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block
) && immediate_origin
== block
)
4322 if (immediate_origin
== NULL_TREE
)
4327 tree lookahead
= immediate_origin
;
4331 ret_val
= lookahead
;
4332 lookahead
= (TREE_CODE (ret_val
) == BLOCK
4333 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val
) : NULL
);
4335 while (lookahead
!= NULL
&& lookahead
!= ret_val
);
4341 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4342 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4346 decl_class_context (decl
)
4349 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
4351 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
4352 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
4354 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4355 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
4357 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
4358 context
= NULL_TREE
;
4363 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4364 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4367 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
)
4371 if (die
!= NULL
&& attr
!= NULL
)
4373 attr
->dw_attr_next
= die
->die_attr
;
4374 die
->die_attr
= attr
;
4378 static inline dw_val_class
4382 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
4385 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4388 add_AT_flag (die
, attr_kind
, flag
)
4390 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4393 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4395 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4396 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4397 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
4398 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
4399 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4402 static inline unsigned
4406 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
)
4407 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
4412 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4415 add_AT_int (die
, attr_kind
, int_val
)
4417 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4420 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4422 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4423 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4424 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
4425 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
4426 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4429 static inline long int
4433 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
)
4434 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
4439 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4442 add_AT_unsigned (die
, attr_kind
, unsigned_val
)
4444 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4445 unsigned long unsigned_val
;
4447 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4449 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4450 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4451 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4452 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
4453 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4456 static inline unsigned long
4460 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
4461 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4466 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4469 add_AT_long_long (die
, attr_kind
, val_hi
, val_low
)
4471 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4472 unsigned long val_hi
;
4473 unsigned long val_low
;
4475 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4477 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4478 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4479 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_long_long
;
4480 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
= val_hi
;
4481 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
= val_low
;
4482 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4485 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4488 add_AT_float (die
, attr_kind
, length
, array
)
4490 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4494 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4496 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4497 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4498 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_float
;
4499 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
= length
;
4500 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
= array
;
4501 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4504 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4507 add_AT_string (die
, attr_kind
, str
)
4509 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4512 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4513 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4515 if (! debug_str_hash
)
4517 debug_str_hash
= ht_create (10);
4518 debug_str_hash
->alloc_node
= indirect_string_alloc
;
4521 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*)
4522 ht_lookup (debug_str_hash
, (const unsigned char *) str
,
4523 strlen (str
), HT_ALLOC
);
4526 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4527 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4528 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
4529 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
4530 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4533 static inline const char *
4537 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4538 return (const char *) HT_STR (&a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->id
);
4543 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4544 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4550 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4552 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4554 extern int const_labelno
;
4557 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
4561 len
= HT_LEN (&node
->id
) + 1;
4563 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4564 always better to put it inline. */
4565 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
4566 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4568 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4569 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4571 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
4572 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
)
4573 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4575 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LC", const_labelno
);
4577 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
4579 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
4585 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4588 add_AT_die_ref (die
, attr_kind
, targ_die
)
4590 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4591 dw_die_ref targ_die
;
4593 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4595 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4596 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4597 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
4598 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
4599 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
4600 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4603 static inline dw_die_ref
4607 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4608 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
4617 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4618 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
4624 set_AT_ref_external (a
, i
)
4628 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4629 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
4634 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4637 add_AT_fde_ref (die
, attr_kind
, targ_fde
)
4639 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4642 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4644 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4645 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4646 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
4647 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
4648 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4651 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4654 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, loc
)
4656 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4657 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
4659 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4661 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4662 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4663 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
4664 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
4665 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4668 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4672 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
)
4673 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
4679 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr_kind
, loc_list
)
4681 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4682 dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
;
4684 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4686 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4687 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4688 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
4689 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
4690 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4691 have_location_lists
= 1;
4694 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4698 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
4699 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
4704 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4707 add_AT_addr (die
, attr_kind
, addr
)
4709 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4712 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4714 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4715 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4716 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
4717 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
4718 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4725 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
)
4726 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
4731 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4734 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, attr_kind
, lbl_id
)
4736 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4739 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4741 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4742 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4743 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
4744 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
4745 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4748 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4751 add_AT_lbl_offset (die
, attr_kind
, label
)
4753 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4756 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4758 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4759 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4760 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_offset
;
4761 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
4762 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4765 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4768 add_AT_offset (die
, attr_kind
, offset
)
4770 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4771 unsigned long offset
;
4773 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4775 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4776 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4777 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
4778 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4779 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4782 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
4785 add_AT_range_list (die
, attr_kind
, offset
)
4787 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4788 unsigned long offset
;
4790 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4792 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4793 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4794 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
4795 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4796 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4799 static inline const char *
4803 if (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4804 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset
))
4805 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
4810 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4812 static inline dw_attr_ref
4813 get_AT (die
, attr_kind
)
4815 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4818 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
4822 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
4823 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
4825 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
4826 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
4830 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
4836 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4837 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4838 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4840 static inline const char *
4844 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
4846 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
4849 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4850 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4851 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4853 static inline const char *
4857 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
4859 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
4862 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
4863 NULL if it is not present. */
4865 static inline const char *
4866 get_AT_string (die
, attr_kind
)
4868 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4870 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4872 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
4875 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
4876 if it is not present. */
4879 get_AT_flag (die
, attr_kind
)
4881 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4883 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4885 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
4888 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
4889 if it is not present. */
4891 static inline unsigned
4892 get_AT_unsigned (die
, attr_kind
)
4894 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4896 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4898 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
4901 static inline dw_die_ref
4902 get_AT_ref (die
, attr_kind
)
4904 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4906 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4908 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
4914 unsigned lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4916 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
4917 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
4923 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
4924 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
4930 unsigned lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4932 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
);
4938 unsigned lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4940 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Java
);
4943 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
4945 static inline void free_AT
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
4950 switch (AT_class (a
))
4952 case dw_val_class_str
:
4953 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
4954 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
4957 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
4958 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
4959 free (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
);
4962 case dw_val_class_float
:
4963 free (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
);
4973 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
4976 remove_AT (die
, attr_kind
)
4978 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4981 dw_attr_ref removed
= NULL
;
4985 for (p
= &(die
->die_attr
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->dw_attr_next
))
4986 if ((*p
)->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
4989 *p
= (*p
)->dw_attr_next
;
4998 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5004 remove_children (die
);
5008 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5011 remove_children (die
)
5014 dw_die_ref child_die
= die
->die_child
;
5016 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
5018 while (child_die
!= NULL
)
5020 dw_die_ref tmp_die
= child_die
;
5023 child_die
= child_die
->die_sib
;
5025 for (a
= tmp_die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
;)
5027 dw_attr_ref tmp_a
= a
;
5029 a
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5037 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5038 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5041 add_child_die (die
, child_die
)
5043 dw_die_ref child_die
;
5045 if (die
!= NULL
&& child_die
!= NULL
)
5047 if (die
== child_die
)
5050 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
5051 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
;
5052 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
5056 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5057 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5060 splice_child_die (parent
, child
)
5061 dw_die_ref parent
, child
;
5065 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5066 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5067 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
5069 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
5075 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
5076 && child
->die_parent
!= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
))
5079 for (p
= &(child
->die_parent
->die_child
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->die_sib
))
5082 *p
= child
->die_sib
;
5086 child
->die_sib
= parent
->die_child
;
5087 parent
->die_child
= child
;
5090 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5092 static inline dw_die_ref
5093 new_die (tag_value
, parent_die
, t
)
5094 enum dwarf_tag tag_value
;
5095 dw_die_ref parent_die
;
5098 dw_die_ref die
= (dw_die_ref
) xcalloc (1, sizeof (die_node
));
5100 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
5102 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
5103 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
5106 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
5108 limbo_node
= (limbo_die_node
*) xmalloc (sizeof (limbo_die_node
));
5109 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
5110 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
5111 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
5112 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
5118 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5120 static inline dw_die_ref
5121 lookup_type_die (type
)
5124 return (dw_die_ref
) TYPE_SYMTAB_POINTER (type
);
5127 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5130 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
)
5132 dw_die_ref type_die
;
5134 TYPE_SYMTAB_POINTER (type
) = (char *) type_die
;
5137 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5139 static inline dw_die_ref
5140 lookup_decl_die (decl
)
5143 unsigned decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5145 return (decl_id
< decl_die_table_in_use
? decl_die_table
[decl_id
] : NULL
);
5148 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5151 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
)
5153 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
5155 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5156 unsigned int num_allocated
;
5158 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_allocated
)
5161 = ((decl_id
+ 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
- 1)
5162 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
)
5163 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
5166 = (dw_die_ref
*) xrealloc (decl_die_table
,
5167 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * num_allocated
);
5169 memset ((char *) &decl_die_table
[decl_die_table_allocated
], 0,
5170 (num_allocated
- decl_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
5171 decl_die_table_allocated
= num_allocated
;
5174 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_in_use
)
5175 decl_die_table_in_use
= (decl_id
+ 1);
5177 decl_die_table
[decl_id
] = decl_die
;
5180 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5181 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5182 the DIE internal representation. */
5183 static int print_indent
;
5185 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5188 print_spaces (outfile
)
5191 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
5194 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5195 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5198 print_die (die
, outfile
)
5205 print_spaces (outfile
);
5206 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5207 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
5208 print_spaces (outfile
);
5209 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
5210 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %lu\n", die
->die_offset
);
5212 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5214 print_spaces (outfile
);
5215 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
5217 switch (AT_class (a
))
5219 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5220 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
5222 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5223 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
5225 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5226 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
5228 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
5229 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
5230 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
5232 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
5233 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
5235 case dw_val_class_const
:
5236 fprintf (outfile
, "%ld", AT_int (a
));
5238 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5239 fprintf (outfile
, "%lu", AT_unsigned (a
));
5241 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5242 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5243 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
,
5244 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
);
5246 case dw_val_class_float
:
5247 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point constant");
5249 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5250 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
5252 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5253 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
5255 if (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
)
5256 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
5258 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
5261 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
5263 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5264 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5265 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
5267 case dw_val_class_str
:
5268 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
5269 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
5271 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
5277 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5280 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5283 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5284 print_die (c
, outfile
);
5288 if (print_indent
== 0)
5289 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5292 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5293 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5296 print_dwarf_line_table (outfile
)
5300 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
5302 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5303 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
5305 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
5306 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: ", i
);
5307 fprintf (outfile
, "%-20s", file_table
.table
[line_info
->dw_file_num
]);
5308 fprintf (outfile
, "%6ld", line_info
->dw_line_num
);
5309 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5312 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
5315 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5318 debug_dwarf_die (die
)
5321 print_die (die
, stderr
);
5324 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5325 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5331 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
5332 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
5333 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
5336 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5337 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5338 they are in order of addition. */
5341 reverse_die_lists (die
)
5344 dw_die_ref c
, cp
, cn
;
5345 dw_attr_ref a
, ap
, an
;
5347 for (a
= die
->die_attr
, ap
= 0; a
; a
= an
)
5349 an
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5350 a
->dw_attr_next
= ap
;
5356 for (c
= die
->die_child
, cp
= 0; c
; c
= cn
)
5363 die
->die_child
= cp
;
5366 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5367 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5368 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5369 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5370 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5373 reverse_all_dies (die
)
5378 reverse_die_lists (die
);
5380 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5381 reverse_all_dies (c
);
5384 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5385 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5386 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5389 push_new_compile_unit (old_unit
, bincl_die
)
5390 dw_die_ref old_unit
, bincl_die
;
5392 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5393 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
5395 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
5399 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5402 pop_compile_unit (old_unit
)
5403 dw_die_ref old_unit
;
5405 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
5407 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5411 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5412 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5414 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5417 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
)
5418 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5419 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
;
5421 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5422 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
5423 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
5426 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5429 attr_checksum (at
, ctx
)
5431 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
;
5433 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5436 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
5438 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5439 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5440 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5441 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5442 || at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5445 switch (AT_class (at
))
5447 case dw_val_class_const
:
5448 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
5450 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5451 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5453 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5454 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
);
5456 case dw_val_class_float
:
5457 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
);
5459 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5460 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
5462 case dw_val_class_str
:
5463 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
5466 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5468 switch (GET_CODE (r
))
5471 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
5479 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5480 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
5483 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5484 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5485 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
5488 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5489 if (AT_ref (at
)->die_offset
)
5490 CHECKSUM (AT_ref (at
)->die_offset
);
5491 /* FIXME else use target die name or something. */
5493 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5494 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5495 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5503 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5506 die_checksum (die
, ctx
)
5508 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
;
5513 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
5515 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5516 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
);
5518 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5519 die_checksum (c
, ctx
);
5523 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5525 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5527 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
5529 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5530 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
5532 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5533 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5536 compute_section_prefix (unit_die
)
5537 dw_die_ref unit_die
;
5539 const char *base
= lbasename (get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
));
5540 char *name
= (char *) alloca (strlen (base
) + 64);
5543 unsigned char checksum
[16];
5546 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
5547 the name filename of the unit. */
5549 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
5550 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
);
5551 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
5553 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
5554 clean_symbol_name (name
);
5556 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
5557 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
5559 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
5563 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
5564 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
5567 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5573 switch (die
->die_tag
)
5575 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
5576 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
5577 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
5578 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
5579 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
5580 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
5581 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
5582 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
5583 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
5584 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
5585 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
5586 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
5587 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
5588 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
5589 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
5590 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
5591 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
5598 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5599 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5600 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5601 compilations (functions). */
5607 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
5608 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
5609 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
5610 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5612 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
5615 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
5616 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
5617 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
5618 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
5620 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
5622 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
5625 return is_type_die (c
);
5628 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5629 compilation unit. */
5635 return (is_type_die (c
)
5636 || (get_AT (c
, DW_AT_declaration
)
5637 && !get_AT (c
, DW_AT_specification
)));
5641 gen_internal_sym (prefix
)
5645 static int label_num
;
5647 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
5648 return xstrdup (buf
);
5651 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
5654 assign_symbol_names (die
)
5659 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
5661 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
5663 char *p
= alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
5665 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
5666 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
5667 die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
5670 die
->die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
5673 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5674 assign_symbol_names (c
);
5677 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
5678 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
5679 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
5682 break_out_includes (die
)
5686 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
5687 limbo_die_node
*node
;
5689 for (ptr
= &(die
->die_child
); *ptr
;)
5691 dw_die_ref c
= *ptr
;
5693 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
5694 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
5696 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
5699 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
5701 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
5704 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
5706 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
5710 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
5714 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
5715 ptr
= &(c
->die_sib
);
5721 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
5722 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
5727 assign_symbol_names (die
);
5728 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
5730 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
5731 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
5735 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
5736 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
5737 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
5740 add_sibling_attributes (die
)
5745 if (die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
5746 && die
->die_sib
&& die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5747 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
5748 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
5750 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5751 add_sibling_attributes (c
);
5754 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
5757 output_location_lists (die
)
5763 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
5764 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
5765 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr
));
5767 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5768 output_location_lists (c
);
5772 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
5773 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
5774 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
5775 die are visited recursively. */
5778 build_abbrev_table (die
)
5781 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
5782 unsigned int n_alloc
;
5784 dw_attr_ref d_attr
, a_attr
;
5786 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
5787 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
5788 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
5789 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
5790 && AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_mark
== 0)
5792 if (AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_symbol
== 0)
5795 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr
, 1);
5798 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
5800 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
5802 if (abbrev
->die_tag
== die
->die_tag
)
5804 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) == (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
5806 a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
;
5807 d_attr
= die
->die_attr
;
5809 while (a_attr
!= NULL
&& d_attr
!= NULL
)
5811 if ((a_attr
->dw_attr
!= d_attr
->dw_attr
)
5812 || (value_format (a_attr
) != value_format (d_attr
)))
5815 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
5816 d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
5819 if (a_attr
== NULL
&& d_attr
== NULL
)
5825 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
5827 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
5829 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
5831 = (dw_die_ref
*) xrealloc (abbrev_die_table
,
5832 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * n_alloc
);
5834 memset ((char *) &abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
5835 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
5836 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
5839 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
5840 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
5843 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
5844 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5845 build_abbrev_table (c
);
5848 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
5851 constant_size (value
)
5852 long unsigned value
;
5859 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
5862 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
5867 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
5868 .debug_info section. */
5870 static unsigned long
5874 unsigned long size
= 0;
5877 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
5878 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5880 switch (AT_class (a
))
5882 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5883 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
5885 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5886 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
5888 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5890 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
5893 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
5897 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
5898 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
5900 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
5901 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
5903 case dw_val_class_const
:
5904 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
5906 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5907 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
5909 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5910 size
+= 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
; /* block */
5912 case dw_val_class_float
:
5913 size
+= 1 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4; /* block */
5915 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5918 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5919 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
5921 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5922 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
5924 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5925 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
5927 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5928 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
5930 case dw_val_class_str
:
5931 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
5932 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
5934 size
+= HT_LEN (&a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->id
) + 1;
5944 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
5945 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
5946 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
5947 die_offset field in each DIE. */
5950 calc_die_sizes (die
)
5955 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
5956 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
5958 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5961 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5962 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
5963 next_die_offset
+= 1;
5966 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
5967 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
5968 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
5969 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
5978 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5982 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
5991 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5995 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
5996 compilation unit. */
5998 static unsigned long
6004 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6005 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6007 pubname_ref p
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6008 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ strlen (p
->name
) + 1;
6011 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6015 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6017 static unsigned long
6022 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6024 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6025 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6026 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
6028 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6029 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6033 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6035 static enum dwarf_form
6039 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
6041 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6042 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6043 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6044 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6045 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6046 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6047 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 8)
6048 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6050 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6051 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6052 .debug_loc section */
6053 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6054 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6055 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
6058 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6060 return DW_FORM_block2
;
6064 case dw_val_class_const
:
6065 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
6066 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6067 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
6070 return DW_FORM_data1
;
6072 return DW_FORM_data2
;
6074 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6076 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6080 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6081 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6082 case dw_val_class_float
:
6083 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6084 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6085 return DW_FORM_flag
;
6086 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6087 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6088 return DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
6091 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6092 return DW_FORM_data
;
6093 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6094 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6095 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6096 return DW_FORM_data
;
6097 case dw_val_class_str
:
6098 return AT_string_form (a
);
6105 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6108 output_value_format (a
)
6111 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
6113 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
6116 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6120 output_abbrev_section ()
6122 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6126 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6128 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6130 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
6131 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
6132 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
6134 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6135 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
6137 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
6139 for (a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
; a_attr
!= NULL
;
6140 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6142 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
6143 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
6144 output_value_format (a_attr
);
6147 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6148 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6151 /* Terminate the table. */
6152 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6155 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6158 output_die_symbol (die
)
6161 char *sym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6166 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
6167 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6168 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6170 ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6172 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6175 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6176 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6177 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6179 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6180 new_loc_list (expr
, begin
, end
, section
, gensym
)
6181 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
6184 const char *section
;
6187 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
6188 = (dw_loc_list_ref
) xcalloc (1, sizeof (dw_loc_list_node
));
6190 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
6192 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
6193 retlist
->section
= section
;
6195 retlist
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6200 /* Add a location description expression to a location list */
6203 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (list_head
, descr
, begin
, end
, section
)
6204 dw_loc_list_ref
*list_head
;
6205 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
6208 const char *section
;
6212 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6213 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
6216 /* Add a new location list node to the list */
6217 *d
= new_loc_list (descr
, begin
, end
, section
, 0);
6220 /* Output the location list given to us */
6223 output_loc_list (list_head
)
6224 dw_loc_list_ref list_head
;
6226 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
6228 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6230 /* ??? This shouldn't be needed now that we've forced the
6231 compilation unit base address to zero when there is code
6232 in more than one section. */
6233 if (strcmp (curr
->section
, ".text") == 0)
6235 /* dw2_asm_output_data will mask off any extra bits in the ~0. */
6236 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0,
6237 "Location list base address specifier fake entry");
6238 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->section
,
6239 "Location list base address specifier base");
6242 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
6246 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
6247 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6248 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6249 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
6250 "Location list end address (%s)",
6251 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6252 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
6254 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6257 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
6259 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
6262 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6263 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6264 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6265 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6266 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6267 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6270 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6271 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6281 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6282 them to point to. */
6283 if (die
->die_symbol
)
6284 output_die_symbol (die
);
6286 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6287 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
6289 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6291 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
6293 switch (AT_class (a
))
6295 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6296 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
6299 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6300 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
6304 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6306 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
6308 sprintf (p
, "+0x%lx", a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
6309 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
6315 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6316 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6318 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6319 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
6321 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
6324 case dw_val_class_const
:
6325 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6326 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6327 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6328 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
6331 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6332 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
6333 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
6336 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6338 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
6340 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6341 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6344 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
6346 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6347 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6351 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6352 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6355 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6356 first
, "long long constant");
6357 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6362 case dw_val_class_float
:
6366 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4,
6369 for (i
= 0; i
< a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
6370 dw2_asm_output_data (4, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
[i
],
6371 "fp constant word %u", i
);
6375 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6376 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
6379 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6381 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
6385 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
,
6386 loc_section_label
, "%s", name
);
6390 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6391 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6393 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
;
6397 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, sym
, "%s", name
);
6399 else if (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
== 0)
6402 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
6406 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6410 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
6411 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
6412 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, "%s", name
);
6416 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6417 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6420 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6421 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6424 case dw_val_class_str
:
6425 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6426 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6427 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
6428 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
6430 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
6438 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6441 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6442 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6443 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6447 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6448 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6451 output_compilation_unit_header ()
6453 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6454 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6455 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF version number");
6456 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
6457 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6458 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6461 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6464 output_comp_unit (die
)
6467 const char *secname
;
6469 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
6470 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
6471 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
6472 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
6473 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6476 build_abbrev_table (die
);
6478 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6479 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
6480 calc_die_sizes (die
);
6482 if (die
->die_symbol
)
6484 char *tmp
= (char *) alloca (strlen (die
->die_symbol
) + 24);
6486 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", die
->die_symbol
);
6488 die
->die_symbol
= NULL
;
6491 secname
= (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
;
6493 /* Output debugging information. */
6494 named_section_flags (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
6495 output_compilation_unit_header ();
6498 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
6500 if (die
->die_symbol
)
6504 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
6505 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
6506 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
6509 dwarf2_name (decl
, scope
)
6513 return (*lang_hooks
.decl_printable_name
) (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
6516 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
6519 add_pubname (decl
, die
)
6525 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
6528 if (pubname_table_in_use
== pubname_table_allocated
)
6530 pubname_table_allocated
+= PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6532 = (pubname_ref
) xrealloc (pubname_table
,
6533 (pubname_table_allocated
6534 * sizeof (pubname_entry
)));
6537 p
= &pubname_table
[pubname_table_in_use
++];
6539 p
->name
= xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1));
6542 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
6543 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
6544 visible procedures. */
6550 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames ();
6552 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
6553 "Length of Public Names Info");
6554 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
6555 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
6556 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6557 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
6558 "Compilation Unit Length");
6560 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6562 pubname_ref pub
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6564 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6565 if (pub
->die
->die_mark
== 0)
6568 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
6571 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
6574 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6577 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
6580 add_arange (decl
, die
)
6584 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
6587 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
6589 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6590 arange_table
= (dw_die_ref
*)
6591 xrealloc (arange_table
, arange_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6594 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
6597 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
6598 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
6599 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
6605 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
6607 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
6608 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
6609 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
6610 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
6611 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6612 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
6613 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
6615 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
6616 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
6618 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
6620 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
6621 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
6622 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
6623 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
6626 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
6627 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
6628 text_section_label
, "Length");
6630 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
6632 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
6634 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6635 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
6638 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
6640 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
6642 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
6643 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
6647 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
6648 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
6649 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
6650 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
6651 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
6653 if (! a
|| AT_class (a
) != dw_val_class_loc
)
6657 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_addr
)
6660 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
6661 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
6662 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
6663 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
6668 /* Output the terminator words. */
6669 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6670 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6673 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
6680 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
6682 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
6684 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6685 ranges_table
= (dw_ranges_ref
)
6686 xrealloc (ranges_table
, (ranges_table_allocated
6687 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
)));
6690 ranges_table
[in_use
].block_num
= (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
6691 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
6693 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6700 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset 0x%x";
6701 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
6703 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
6705 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].block_num
;
6709 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6710 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6712 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
6713 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
6715 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
6716 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
6717 base of the text section. */
6718 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
6720 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
6722 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
6723 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
6724 text_section_label
, NULL
);
6727 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
6728 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
6729 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
6730 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
6733 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
6734 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
6735 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
6742 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6743 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6749 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
6752 char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
6753 char *fname
; /* File name part. */
6754 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
6755 int file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
6756 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
6759 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
6763 char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
6764 int length
; /* Path length. */
6765 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
6766 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
6767 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
6768 int used
; /* Used in the end? */
6771 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
6772 the directories in the path. */
6775 file_info_cmp (p1
, p2
)
6779 const struct file_info
*s1
= p1
;
6780 const struct file_info
*s2
= p2
;
6784 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
6785 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
6786 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
6787 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
6788 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
6789 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
6790 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
6792 cp1
= (unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
6793 cp2
= (unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
6799 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
6800 if ((cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
6801 || (cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
6802 return ((cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
6803 - (cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
6805 /* Character of current path component the same? */
6806 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
6811 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
6812 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
6813 slowdowns with many input files. */
6816 output_file_names ()
6818 struct file_info
*files
;
6819 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
6828 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
6829 files
= (struct file_info
*) alloca (file_table
.in_use
6830 * sizeof (struct file_info
));
6831 dirs
= (struct dir_info
*) alloca (file_table
.in_use
6832 * sizeof (struct dir_info
));
6834 /* Sort the file names. */
6835 for (i
= 1; i
< (int) file_table
.in_use
; i
++)
6839 /* Skip all leading "./". */
6840 f
= file_table
.table
[i
];
6841 while (f
[0] == '.' && f
[1] == '/')
6844 /* Create a new array entry. */
6846 files
[i
].length
= strlen (f
);
6847 files
[i
].file_idx
= i
;
6849 /* Search for the file name part. */
6850 f
= strrchr (f
, '/');
6851 files
[i
].fname
= f
== NULL
? files
[i
].path
: f
+ 1;
6854 qsort (files
+ 1, file_table
.in_use
- 1, sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
6856 /* Find all the different directories used. */
6857 dirs
[0].path
= files
[1].path
;
6858 dirs
[0].length
= files
[1].fname
- files
[1].path
;
6859 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
6861 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
6863 files
[1].dir_idx
= 0;
6866 for (i
= 2; i
< (int) file_table
.in_use
; i
++)
6867 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
6868 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
6869 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
6871 /* Same directory as last entry. */
6872 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
6873 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
6879 /* This is a new directory. */
6880 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
6881 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
6882 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
6883 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
6884 dirs
[ndirs
].used
= 0;
6885 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
6887 /* Search for a prefix. */
6888 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
6889 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
6890 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
6891 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
6892 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
6893 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
6894 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
6895 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
6900 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
6901 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
6902 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
6903 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
6904 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
6905 results in most cases and never is much off. */
6906 saved
= (int *) alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
6907 savehere
= (int *) alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
6909 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
6910 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
6915 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
6916 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
6917 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
6918 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
6920 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
6923 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
6925 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
6930 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= i
)
6935 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
6936 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
6938 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
6939 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
6944 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
6946 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
6948 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
6949 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
6950 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
6952 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
6953 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
6955 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
6956 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
6961 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
6962 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
6963 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
6964 backmap
= (int *) alloca (file_table
.in_use
* sizeof (int));
6965 for (i
= 1; i
< (int) file_table
.in_use
; i
++)
6967 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
] = i
;
6969 /* Mark this directory as used. */
6970 dirs
[dirs
[files
[i
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
].used
= 1;
6973 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
6974 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
6975 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
6976 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
6977 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
6979 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
6980 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
6981 if (dirs
[i
].used
!= 0)
6983 dirs
[i
].used
= idx
++;
6984 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
, dirs
[i
].length
- 1,
6985 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs
[i
].used
);
6988 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
6990 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
6992 if (idx_offset
== 0)
6995 /* Now write all the file names. */
6996 for (i
= 1; i
< (int) file_table
.in_use
; i
++)
6998 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
6999 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
7001 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
7002 "File Entry: 0x%x", i
);
7004 /* Include directory index. */
7005 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs
[dir_idx
].used
, NULL
);
7007 /* Modification time. */
7008 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7010 /* File length in bytes. */
7011 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7014 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7018 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7019 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7024 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
7025 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7026 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7029 unsigned long lt_index
;
7030 unsigned long current_line
;
7033 unsigned long current_file
;
7034 unsigned long function
;
7036 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
7037 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
7038 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
7039 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
7041 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
7042 "Length of Source Line Info");
7043 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
7045 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7046 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
7047 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
7049 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7050 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7051 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7052 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7053 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7054 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7055 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7056 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7057 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7058 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7060 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
7061 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7062 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
7063 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7064 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
7065 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7066 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
7067 "Special Opcode Base");
7069 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
7073 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
7074 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
7075 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
7076 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
7077 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
7085 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7089 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7090 output_file_names ();
7091 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
7093 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7094 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7095 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7097 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7098 a series of state machine operations. */
7101 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
7102 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
7104 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7107 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7108 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7111 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7112 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7113 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7114 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7115 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
7119 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7121 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7122 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7123 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7124 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7125 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7126 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7128 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
7131 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7132 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7133 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7134 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7138 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7139 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7140 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7141 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7142 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7143 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7146 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7148 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7149 different from the previous line. */
7150 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7152 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7153 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7154 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7155 file_table
.table
[current_file
]);
7158 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7159 that uses the least amount of space. */
7160 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7162 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7163 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7164 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7165 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7166 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7167 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7169 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7170 "line %lu", current_line
);
7173 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7174 depending on the value being encoded. */
7175 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7176 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7177 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7178 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7182 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7183 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7186 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7189 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7190 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7191 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7195 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7196 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7197 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7198 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
7201 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7202 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7203 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7208 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
7210 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7211 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7214 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7215 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7216 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
7217 && line_info
->function
== function
)
7221 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7222 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7223 to handle it differently. */
7224 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
7226 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
7228 function
= line_info
->function
;
7230 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function */
7231 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7232 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7233 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7234 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7238 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7241 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7242 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7243 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7247 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7248 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7249 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7250 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7254 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7256 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7257 different from the previous line. */
7258 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7260 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7261 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7262 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7263 file_table
.table
[current_file
]);
7266 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7267 that uses the least amount of space. */
7268 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7270 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7271 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7272 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7273 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7274 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7275 "line %lu", current_line
);
7278 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7279 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7280 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7281 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7285 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7293 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7294 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
7295 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
7300 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7301 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
7304 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7305 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7306 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7310 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7311 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7312 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7313 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7316 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7317 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7318 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7319 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7323 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7324 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
7327 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7328 a DIE that describes the given type.
7330 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7331 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7334 base_type_die (type
)
7337 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
7338 const char *type_name
;
7339 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
7340 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
7342 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
7347 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
7348 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
7350 type_name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
);
7353 type_name
= "__unknown__";
7355 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7358 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7359 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7360 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7362 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type
) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7363 && (type
== char_type_node
7364 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "signed char")
7365 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "unsigned char"))))
7367 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7368 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
7370 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
7373 /* else fall through. */
7376 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7377 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7378 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
7380 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
7384 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
7387 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7388 a user defined type for it. */
7390 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
7391 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
7393 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
7397 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7398 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
7402 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7406 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7407 if (demangle_name_func
)
7408 type_name
= (*demangle_name_func
) (type_name
);
7410 add_AT_string (base_type_result
, DW_AT_name
, type_name
);
7411 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7412 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
7413 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
7415 return base_type_result
;
7418 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
7419 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
7420 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
7421 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
7422 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
7423 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
7424 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
7425 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
7431 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7432 return error_mark_node
;
7434 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7437 return error_mark_node
;
7440 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7441 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type
)));
7444 return type_main_variant (type
);
7448 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return non-zero if the
7449 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7455 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7470 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
7475 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7489 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
7490 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
7493 modified_type_die (type
, is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
, context_die
)
7496 int is_volatile_type
;
7497 dw_die_ref context_die
;
7499 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
7500 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
= NULL
;
7501 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
7502 tree item_type
= NULL
;
7504 if (code
!= ERROR_MARK
)
7506 tree qualified_type
;
7508 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
7511 = get_qualified_type (type
,
7512 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
7514 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
7516 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
7519 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
7521 return mod_type_die
;
7524 /* Handle C typedef types. */
7525 if (qualified_type
&& TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)
7526 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)) == TYPE_DECL
7527 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)))
7529 tree type_name
= TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
);
7530 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (type_name
);
7532 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
7534 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
7535 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
7536 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
7538 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
7539 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
))
7540 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
7541 type to which it refers. */
7543 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name
),
7544 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
7547 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
7553 else if (is_const_type
)
7555 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7556 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
7558 else if (is_volatile_type
)
7560 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7561 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
7563 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
7565 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7566 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
7568 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
7570 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
7572 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
7574 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7575 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
7577 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
7579 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
7581 else if (is_base_type (type
))
7582 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
7585 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
7587 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
7588 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
7589 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
7590 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
7591 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
7593 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
7594 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
7596 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
7597 not the main variant. */
7598 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
7599 if (mod_type_die
== NULL
)
7603 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
7605 type
= qualified_type
;
7608 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, mod_type_die
);
7610 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
7611 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
7612 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
7613 types are possible in Ada. */
7614 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
7615 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
7616 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
7619 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
7620 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
7622 return mod_type_die
;
7625 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
7626 an enumerated type. */
7632 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
7635 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
7641 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
7643 if (regno
>= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
7646 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
7649 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
7650 zero if there is no such. */
7652 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7653 reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
)
7656 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
7659 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
7662 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
7664 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ reg
, 0, 0);
7666 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, reg
, 0);
7671 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
7673 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7674 int_loc_descriptor (i
)
7677 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
7679 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
7680 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
7684 op
= DW_OP_lit0
+ i
;
7687 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
7689 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
7699 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
7701 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
7702 || i
>= -0x80000000)
7708 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
7711 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
7713 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7714 based_loc_descr (reg
, offset
)
7718 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
7719 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
7720 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
7722 unsigned fp_reg
= DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
7723 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
7724 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
7727 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
7729 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
, offset
, 0);
7731 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
7736 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
7742 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
7743 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == REG
7744 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
7745 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)));
7748 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
7749 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
7750 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
7751 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
7753 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
7754 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
7755 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
7756 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
7758 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
7759 autoincrement addressing modes.
7761 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
7763 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7764 mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
)
7766 enum machine_mode mode
;
7768 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
7770 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
7771 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
7772 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
7773 zeroth element of the array. */
7775 #ifdef ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR
7776 rtl
= ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR (rtl
);
7779 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
7784 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
7785 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
7787 /* ... fall through ... */
7790 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
7791 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
7792 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
7793 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
7794 contains the given subreg. */
7795 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
7797 /* ... fall through ... */
7800 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
7801 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
7802 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
7803 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
7804 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
7805 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
7806 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
7807 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
7808 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
7809 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
7810 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
7811 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
7812 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
7813 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
7814 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl
), 0);
7818 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
7819 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
7820 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
7824 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
7825 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
7829 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
7830 by a different symbol. */
7831 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
7834 rtx tmp
= get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
7836 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
7839 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp
))
7840 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp
, &marked
);
7845 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
7846 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
7847 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
7848 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
7853 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
7854 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
7855 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
7856 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
7860 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
7862 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
7867 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
7869 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
7870 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
7871 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
7872 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
7874 /* ... fall through ... */
7878 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
7879 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
7880 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
7883 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
7884 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
7887 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
7888 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) >= 0)
7889 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
7890 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
7891 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)), 0));
7894 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
7895 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
));
7896 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
7897 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
7904 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
7905 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
7906 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
7907 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
);
7909 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
7912 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
7913 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
7914 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
7919 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
7923 /* If this is a MEM, return its address. Otherwise, we can't
7925 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == MEM
)
7926 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0), mode
);
7934 return mem_loc_result
;
7937 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
7938 This is typically a complex variable. */
7940 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7941 concat_loc_descriptor (x0
, x1
)
7944 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
7945 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
= loc_descriptor (x0
);
7946 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
= loc_descriptor (x1
);
7948 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
7951 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
7952 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
7953 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
7954 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)), 0));
7956 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
7957 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
7958 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
7959 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)), 0));
7961 return cc_loc_result
;
7964 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
7965 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
7966 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
7967 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
7968 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
7970 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
7972 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7973 loc_descriptor (rtl
)
7976 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
7978 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
7981 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
7982 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
7983 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
7984 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
7985 contains the given subreg. */
7986 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
7988 /* ... fall through ... */
7991 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
7995 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
7999 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1));
8009 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8010 up particularly with variable length arrays. If ADDRESSP is nonzero, we are
8011 looking for an address. Otherwise, we return a value. If we can't make a
8012 descriptor, return 0. */
8014 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8015 loc_descriptor_from_tree (loc
, addressp
)
8019 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
, ret1
;
8021 int unsignedp
= TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8022 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8024 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8025 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8028 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
8033 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR
:
8034 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
8035 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8036 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8037 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8038 the names of types. */
8045 /* We can support this only if we can look through conversions and
8046 find an INDIRECT_EXPR. */
8047 for (loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0);
8048 TREE_CODE (loc
) == CONVERT_EXPR
|| TREE_CODE (loc
) == NOP_EXPR
8049 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
8050 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
8051 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == SAVE_EXPR
;
8052 loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
8055 return (TREE_CODE (loc
) == INDIRECT_REF
8056 ? loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
)
8062 rtx rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8064 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8066 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8068 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8069 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8070 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8075 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
8077 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
8080 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8083 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
8089 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8094 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), addressp
);
8098 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
8099 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
8101 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
);
8106 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
8109 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
8110 enum machine_mode mode
;
8113 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
8114 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
);
8119 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj
, 1);
8121 || bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
8124 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
8126 /* Variable offset. */
8127 add_loc_descr (&ret
, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset
, 0));
8128 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8134 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
8136 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
8137 else if (bytepos
< 0)
8139 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos
));
8140 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8146 if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
8147 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
8152 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
8153 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
8158 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
8164 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
8169 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
8177 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
8190 op
= (unsignedp
? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
8194 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
8195 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
8197 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8201 add_loc_descr (&ret
,
8202 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8203 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1),
8213 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8220 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8227 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8234 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8249 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8250 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8251 if (ret
== 0 || ret1
== 0)
8254 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8255 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8258 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
8272 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8276 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8280 loc
= build (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
8281 build (LT_EXPR
, integer_type_node
,
8282 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
8283 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
8285 /* ... fall through ... */
8289 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
8290 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8291 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
8292 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
8293 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
8295 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8296 if (ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
8299 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
8300 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
8302 add_loc_descr (&ret
, rhs
);
8303 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
8304 add_loc_descr (&ret
, jump_node
);
8306 add_loc_descr (&ret
, lhs
);
8307 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
8308 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
8310 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
8311 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
8312 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
8313 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
8314 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
8322 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
8323 if (addressp
&& indirect_p
== 0)
8326 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
8327 if (!addressp
&& indirect_p
> 0)
8329 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8331 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
8333 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
8336 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
8338 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
8344 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
8345 which is not less than the value itself. */
8347 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
8348 ceiling (value
, boundary
)
8349 HOST_WIDE_INT value
;
8350 unsigned int boundary
;
8352 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
8355 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
8356 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
8357 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
8366 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8367 return integer_type_node
;
8369 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
8370 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
8371 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
8376 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
8377 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
8378 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
8380 static inline unsigned
8381 simple_type_align_in_bits (type
)
8384 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
8387 static inline unsigned
8388 simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
)
8391 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
8394 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8395 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8396 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8397 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8400 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8401 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
)
8405 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8406 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
8407 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
8409 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
8410 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
8412 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
8415 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
8416 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
8417 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
8418 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
8419 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
8422 static HOST_WIDE_INT
8423 field_byte_offset (decl
)
8426 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
8427 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
8428 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
8429 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
8431 tree field_size_tree
;
8432 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
8433 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
8434 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
8436 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8438 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
8441 type
= field_type (decl
);
8442 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
8444 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
8445 a flexible array member. */
8446 if (! field_size_tree
)
8447 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
8449 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
8450 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
8451 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
8452 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
8455 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
8457 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
8458 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
8459 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
8461 field_size_in_bits
= BITS_PER_WORD
;
8463 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
8464 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
8465 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
8467 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
8468 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
8469 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
8470 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
8471 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
8472 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
8473 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
8474 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
8476 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
8478 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
8479 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
8480 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
8481 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
8482 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
8483 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
8484 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
8485 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
8486 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
8487 bits of the bit-field itself.
8489 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
8490 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
8491 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
8492 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
8493 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
8494 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
8495 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
8496 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
8497 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
8499 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
8500 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
8501 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
8502 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
8503 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
8504 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
8506 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
8507 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
8508 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
8510 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
8511 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
8512 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
8514 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
8515 object_offset_in_bits
+= type_align_in_bits
- 1;
8516 object_offset_in_bits
/= type_align_in_bits
;
8517 object_offset_in_bits
*= type_align_in_bits
;
8519 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
8521 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
8522 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
8524 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
8525 object_offset_in_bits
+= decl_align_in_bits
- 1;
8526 object_offset_in_bits
/= decl_align_in_bits
;
8527 object_offset_in_bits
*= decl_align_in_bits
;
8530 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
8533 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
8534 associated with them. */
8536 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
8538 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
8539 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
8540 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
8543 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr_kind
, rtl
)
8545 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
8548 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= loc_descriptor (rtl
);
8551 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
8554 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
8555 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
8556 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
8557 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
8558 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
8559 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
8562 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
8563 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
8564 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
8565 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
8566 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
8567 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
8568 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
8569 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
8570 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
8574 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, decl
)
8579 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
8581 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_VEC
)
8583 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
8584 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (decl
) && is_cxx ())
8586 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
8587 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
8588 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
8589 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
8591 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
8593 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
8595 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
8597 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
8598 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
8599 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
8601 /* Extract the vtable address. */
8602 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
8603 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
8605 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
8606 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
8610 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
8611 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
8612 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
8613 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
8615 /* Extract the offset. */
8616 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
8617 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
8619 /* Add it to the object address. */
8620 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
8621 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
8624 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
8627 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
8631 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8633 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
8634 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
8635 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
8637 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8638 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
8639 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
8643 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
8646 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
8649 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
8652 /* Attach an DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
8653 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
8654 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
8655 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
8656 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
8659 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
)
8663 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8666 /* Note that a CONST_INT rtx could represent either an integer
8667 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_INT is used whenever
8668 the constant will fit into a single word. In all such
8669 cases, the original mode of the constant value is wiped
8670 out, and the CONST_INT rtx is assigned VOIDmode. */
8672 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
8674 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
8675 if (val
< 0 && (long) val
== val
)
8676 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (long) val
);
8677 else if ((unsigned long) val
== (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
)
8678 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned long) val
);
8681 #if HOST_BITS_PER_LONG * 2 == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
8682 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
8683 val
>> HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
, val
);
8692 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
8693 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
8694 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
8695 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
8697 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
8699 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
8701 unsigned length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) / 4;
8702 long *array
= (long *) xmalloc (sizeof (long) * length
);
8705 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
8709 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv
, array
[0]);
8713 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (rv
, array
);
8718 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (rv
, array
);
8725 add_AT_float (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, array
);
8729 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
8730 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
!= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
8733 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
8734 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
8740 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
8746 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, rtl
);
8747 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
8751 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
8752 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
8753 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
8754 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
8755 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
8756 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
8757 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
8758 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
8759 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
8760 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
8761 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
8765 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
8772 rtl_for_decl_location (decl
)
8777 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
8778 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
8779 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
8781 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
8782 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
8783 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
8784 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
8785 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
8786 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
8787 referenced within the function.
8789 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
8790 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
8791 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
8792 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
8794 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
8795 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
8796 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
8797 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
8798 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
8799 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
8801 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
8802 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
8803 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
8804 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
8805 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
8806 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
8807 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
8808 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
8809 output at debug-time.
8811 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
8812 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
8813 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
8814 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
8815 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
8816 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
8817 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
8818 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
8819 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
8820 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
8821 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
8822 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
8823 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
8825 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
8826 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
8827 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
8828 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
8829 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
8830 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
8831 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
8832 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
8835 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
8836 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
8837 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
8838 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
8839 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
8840 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
8841 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
8842 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
8843 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
8844 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
8845 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c doesn't currently generate these
8846 values for inlined instances of inline function parameters, so when we see
8847 such cases, we are just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
8850 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
8851 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
8853 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
8854 constants and symbols living in memory. */
8855 if (! reload_completed
)
8858 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
8859 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
8860 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))))
8862 #ifdef ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR
8863 rtl
= ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR (rtl
);
8869 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
8871 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
8873 tree declared_type
= type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
8874 tree passed_type
= type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
));
8876 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
8877 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
8878 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
8879 if (declared_type
== passed_type
)
8880 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
8881 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
8882 && TREE_CODE (declared_type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
8883 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type
))
8884 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type
))))
8885 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
8888 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
8889 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
8890 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
8891 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
8892 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
8893 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
8895 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
8896 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
8897 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
8898 /* Not passed in memory. */
8899 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
)) != MEM
8900 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
8901 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != REG
8902 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8903 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
8904 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8905 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
8908 /* Big endian correction check. */
8910 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
8911 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
8914 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
8915 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
8917 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
8918 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
8922 if (rtl
!= NULL_RTX
)
8924 rtl
= eliminate_regs (rtl
, 0, NULL_RTX
);
8925 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8926 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
8927 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl
);
8931 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
8932 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
8933 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
8934 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
8936 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
8937 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
8938 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == STRING_CST
8939 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
8941 tree arrtype
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
8942 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (arrtype
);
8943 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (arrtype
);
8944 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
8945 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
8947 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
8949 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
8950 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
8951 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
8952 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
8953 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
8954 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
));
8956 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
8957 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
8958 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
8959 else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == INTEGER_CST
8960 || TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == REAL_CST
)
8962 rtl
= expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
,
8963 EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
8964 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
8965 if (rtl
&& GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
8970 #ifdef ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR
8972 rtl
= ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR (rtl
);
8977 /* Generate *either* an DW_AT_location attribute or else an DW_AT_const_value
8978 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
8979 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
8980 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
8981 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
8982 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
8983 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
8984 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
8985 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
8986 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
8989 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (die
, decl
)
8995 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8997 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) != PARM_DECL
)
9000 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
9001 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
9004 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
9005 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
9006 code, and thus is not emitted. */
9007 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
9009 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9012 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away; don't emit
9023 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
9024 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
9031 add_AT_location_description (die
, DW_AT_location
, rtl
);
9039 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
9040 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
9041 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
9044 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
)
9048 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9049 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9051 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && init
9052 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
) == null_pointer_node
)
9057 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
9060 if (host_integerp (init
, 0))
9061 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9062 tree_low_cst (init
, 0));
9064 add_AT_long_long (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9065 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init
),
9066 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init
));
9073 /* Generate an DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
9074 the value of the attribute. */
9077 add_name_attribute (die
, name_string
)
9079 const char *name_string
;
9081 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
9083 if (demangle_name_func
)
9084 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
9086 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
9090 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
9091 a representation for that bound. */
9094 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, bound
)
9095 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
9096 enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
;
9099 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
9104 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
9106 if (! host_integerp (bound
, 0)
9107 || (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
9108 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound
))
9109 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound
)))))
9110 /* use the default */
9113 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, tree_low_cst (bound
, 0));
9118 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
9119 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
9120 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
9124 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
9125 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
9126 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
9127 points in the generated code right after they have just been
9128 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
9129 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
9130 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
9131 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
9132 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
9133 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
9134 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
9135 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
9136 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
9137 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
9138 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in an array
9139 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
9140 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
9141 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
9143 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
9144 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
9145 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
9146 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)
9147 && (! optimize
|| GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)) == MEM
))
9149 dw_die_ref ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9150 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9151 rtx loc
= SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
);
9153 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
9154 it references an outer function's frame. */
9155 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == MEM
)
9157 rtx new_addr
= fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc
, 0), bound
);
9159 if (XEXP (loc
, 0) != new_addr
)
9160 loc
= gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc
), new_addr
);
9163 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9164 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9165 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
9166 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9169 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
9175 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
9177 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
9178 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
9179 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
9180 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
9182 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
9183 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9189 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
9190 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
9192 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
9193 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
9195 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound
, 0);
9199 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
9200 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
9202 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9204 /* If we weren't able to find a context, it's most likely the case
9205 that we are processing the return type of the function. So
9206 make a SAVE_EXPR to point to it and have the limbo DIE code
9207 find the proper die. The save_expr function doesn't always
9208 make a SAVE_EXPR, so do it ourselves. */
9210 bound
= build (SAVE_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), bound
,
9211 current_function_decl
, NULL_TREE
);
9213 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9214 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9215 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9216 add_AT_loc (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
9218 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9224 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
9225 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
9228 add_subscript_info (type_die
, type
)
9229 dw_die_ref type_die
;
9232 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9233 unsigned dimension_number
;
9236 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
9238 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
9239 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
9240 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
9241 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
9242 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
9243 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
9244 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
9245 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
9247 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9248 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9249 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9250 gen_array_type_die. */
9251 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9252 for (dimension_number
= 0;
9253 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
;
9254 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
9257 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
9259 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
9260 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
9262 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
9265 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
9266 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
9267 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
9269 /* define the index type. */
9270 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
9272 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
9273 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
9274 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
9275 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
9276 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
9277 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
9278 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
9281 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
9285 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
9286 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
9288 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
9289 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
9290 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
9292 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
9294 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
9297 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
9298 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
9304 add_byte_size_attribute (die
, tree_node
)
9310 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
9318 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
9319 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
9322 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
9323 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
9324 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
9325 even for bit-fields. */
9326 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9332 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
9333 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
9334 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
9335 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
9336 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
9339 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
9340 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
9341 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
9344 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9345 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9346 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9347 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
9348 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
9349 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
9351 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
9352 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
9353 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
9356 add_bit_offset_attribute (die
, decl
)
9360 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9361 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
9362 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
9363 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
9364 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
9365 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
9367 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9369 || TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
9372 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
9373 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
9374 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
9375 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
9376 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
9379 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
9381 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
9382 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
9383 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
9384 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
9385 below must take account of these differences. */
9386 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9387 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
9389 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
9391 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
9392 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
9396 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9397 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
9398 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
9400 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
9403 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
9404 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
9407 add_bit_size_attribute (die
, decl
)
9411 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9412 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
9413 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
9416 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
9417 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
9420 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
9421 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
9424 add_prototyped_attribute (die
, func_type
)
9428 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
9429 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
9430 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
9433 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
9434 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
9438 add_abstract_origin_attribute (die
, origin
)
9442 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
9444 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
9446 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
9447 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
9448 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
9450 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
9451 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
9455 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
9457 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
9459 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
9462 if (DECL_P (origin
))
9463 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
9464 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
9465 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
9467 if (origin_die
== NULL
)
9470 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
9473 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
9476 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (die
, func_decl
)
9480 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
9482 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
9484 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
9485 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
9486 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
9487 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
9490 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
9491 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
9492 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
9493 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
9497 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
9500 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
)
9504 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
9506 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
9507 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
9510 /* Add an DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
9511 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
9514 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
)
9520 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
9521 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
9523 add_name_attribute (die
, dwarf2_name (decl
, 0));
9524 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
9525 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
9527 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
9528 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
9529 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
)
9530 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
9531 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
9532 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
9535 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9536 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
9537 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
9538 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
9540 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
9541 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
9542 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
9547 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
9550 push_decl_scope (scope
)
9553 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table
, scope
);
9556 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
9561 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) <= 0)
9564 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table
);
9567 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
9568 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
9569 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
9570 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
9571 the current active scope. */
9574 scope_die_for (t
, context_die
)
9576 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9578 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
9579 tree containing_scope
;
9582 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
9586 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
9588 /* Ignore namespaces for the moment. */
9589 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
9590 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
9592 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
9593 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
9594 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
9595 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
9596 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
9598 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
9599 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
9600 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
9602 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
9603 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
9604 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
9605 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
9606 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
9611 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
9612 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
))
9615 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
9616 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
9619 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
9622 scope_die
= context_die
;
9627 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
9630 local_scope_p (context_die
)
9631 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9633 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
9634 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
9635 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
9641 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
9644 class_scope_p (context_die
)
9645 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9648 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
9649 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
9652 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
9653 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
9654 by 'type', and adds an DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
9657 add_type_attribute (object_die
, type
, decl_const
, decl_volatile
, context_die
)
9658 dw_die_ref object_die
;
9662 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9664 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
9665 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
9667 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
9668 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
9669 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
9670 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
9671 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
)
9672 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
9673 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
9675 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
9676 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
9677 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
9678 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
9679 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
9682 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
9683 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
9684 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
9687 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
9688 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
9691 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
9692 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
9693 was declared without a tag. */
9699 const char *name
= 0;
9701 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
9705 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
9706 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
9707 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
9709 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
9710 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
9712 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
9713 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
9714 t
= DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
));
9716 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
9718 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
9721 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
9724 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
9725 for bit field types. */
9728 member_declared_type (member
)
9731 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
9732 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
9735 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
9736 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
9740 decl_start_label (decl
)
9746 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
9747 if (GET_CODE (x
) != MEM
)
9751 if (GET_CODE (x
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
9754 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
9759 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
9760 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
9761 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
9764 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
)
9766 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9768 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
9769 dw_die_ref array_die
;
9772 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
9773 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
9774 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
9775 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9776 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
9779 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
9780 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
9781 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
9783 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
9785 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
9786 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
9787 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
9788 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
9792 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
9793 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
9794 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
9795 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
9796 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
9797 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
9798 for multidimensional arrays. */
9799 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
9802 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9803 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
9804 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
9805 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
9806 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
9809 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
);
9811 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
9812 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
9814 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9815 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9816 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9817 add_subscript_info. */
9818 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9819 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
9820 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
9822 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
9825 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
9829 gen_set_type_die (type
, context_die
)
9831 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9834 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
9836 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
9837 add_type_attribute (type_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
9842 gen_entry_point_die (decl
, context_die
)
9844 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9846 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
9847 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
9850 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
9853 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
9854 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
9858 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
9859 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
9861 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
9865 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
9866 emit full debugging info for them. */
9869 retry_incomplete_types ()
9873 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
9874 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
9877 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
9880 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
)
9882 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9884 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
, context_die
, type
);
9886 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
9887 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
9888 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
9891 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
9894 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
)
9896 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9898 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type
, context_die
, type
);
9900 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
9901 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
9902 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
9905 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
9908 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
)
9910 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9912 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_union_type
, context_die
, type
);
9914 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
9915 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
9916 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
9919 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
9920 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
9921 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
9925 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
)
9927 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9929 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
9931 if (type_die
== NULL
)
9933 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
9934 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
9935 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
9936 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
9938 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
9941 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
9943 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
9944 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
9945 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
9946 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
9950 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
9951 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
9952 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
9953 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
9955 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
9956 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
9957 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
9958 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
9960 for (link
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
9961 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
9963 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
9965 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
9966 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
9968 if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0))
9970 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link
)) < 0)
9971 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9972 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0));
9974 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9975 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0));
9980 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
9983 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
9984 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
9987 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
9988 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
9989 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
9990 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
9991 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
9992 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
9993 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
9994 argument type of some subprogram type. */
9997 gen_formal_parameter_die (node
, context_die
)
9999 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10001 dw_die_ref parm_die
10002 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
10005 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node
)))
10008 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node
);
10009 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10010 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
10013 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
10014 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (node
),
10015 TREE_READONLY (node
),
10016 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
10018 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
10019 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10022 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
10023 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node
))
10024 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node
);
10029 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
10030 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10040 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
10041 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
10044 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl_or_type
, context_die
)
10046 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10048 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
10051 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
10052 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
10053 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
10054 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
10057 gen_formal_types_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
)
10058 tree function_or_method_type
;
10059 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10062 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
10063 tree first_parm_type
;
10066 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10068 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
10069 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
10074 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10076 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
10077 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
10078 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
10080 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
10082 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
10083 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
10086 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
10087 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, context_die
);
10088 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
10089 && link
== first_parm_type
)
10090 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
10091 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10093 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
10095 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
10098 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
10099 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
10100 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
10101 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
10103 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
10104 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
10105 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10106 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
10107 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10108 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
10111 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
10112 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
10113 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
10114 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
10115 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
10118 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, member
, context_die
)
10120 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10122 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10124 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
10125 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
10126 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
10127 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
10129 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member
))
10132 push_decl_scope (type
);
10133 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10134 gen_subprogram_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10136 gen_variable_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10142 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
10143 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
10146 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
)
10149 dw_die_ref old_die
;
10152 int was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
10154 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
10155 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
10157 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10158 if (old_die
&& get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10159 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
10162 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
10163 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
10164 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10166 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
10168 gen_type_die_for_member
10169 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
10172 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
10173 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
10174 current_function_decl
= decl
;
10176 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
10177 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
10178 if (! was_abstract
)
10179 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
10181 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
10184 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
10188 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
)
10190 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10192 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10193 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10194 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
10198 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10199 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
10200 || class_scope_p (context_die
));
10202 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
10203 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
10204 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
10205 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
10206 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
10208 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
10209 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
))
10216 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10218 if (declaration
&& ! local_scope_p (context_die
))
10221 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
10222 inline function. */
10223 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10224 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
10226 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10227 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
10231 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10233 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
10234 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
10235 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
10236 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
10237 && !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10239 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
10240 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
10241 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
10242 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
10243 we got here because of an input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
10249 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
10250 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
10251 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
10252 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
10253 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
10254 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
10255 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
10256 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
10257 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
10258 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
10259 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10260 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
)))))
10262 subr_die
= old_die
;
10264 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the parm types. */
10265 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10266 remove_children (subr_die
);
10270 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10271 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
10272 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
10273 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10274 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10275 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
10277 (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10282 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10284 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
10285 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
10287 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
10288 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10290 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10291 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10292 0, 0, context_die
);
10295 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
10296 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10297 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10299 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
10300 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
10301 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
10302 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
10307 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10309 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10311 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
10312 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
10313 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
10314 handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
10315 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10316 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10319 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10321 if (DECL_INLINE (decl
) && !flag_no_inline
)
10323 /* ??? Checking DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT is correct for static
10324 inline functions, but not for extern inline functions.
10325 We can't get this completely correct because information
10326 about whether the function was declared inline is not
10328 if (DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT (decl
))
10329 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
10331 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
10334 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
10336 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10338 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
10340 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10341 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10343 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
10344 current_funcdef_number
);
10345 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
10346 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
10347 current_funcdef_number
);
10348 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
10350 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
10351 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
10353 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10354 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
10355 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
10358 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
10359 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
10360 variables is relative to one of them. */
10362 = frame_pointer_needed
? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
: stack_pointer_rtx
;
10363 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg
));
10366 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
10367 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
10368 if (current_function_needs_context
)
10369 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
10370 lookup_static_chain (decl
));
10374 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
10375 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
10376 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
10377 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
10378 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
10379 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
10380 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
10381 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
10382 an ellipsis at the end. */
10384 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
10385 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
10386 its formal parameters. */
10387 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10389 else if (declaration
)
10390 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10393 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters */
10394 tree arg_decls
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
10397 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
10398 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
10399 for (parm
= arg_decls
; parm
; parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
))
10400 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
10402 if (DECL_NAME (parm
)
10403 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
)),
10404 "__builtin_va_alist"))
10405 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm
, subr_die
);
10407 gen_decl_die (parm
, subr_die
);
10410 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
10411 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
10412 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
10413 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
10414 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
10415 parameters at all. */
10416 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10417 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
10419 /* this is the prototyped case, check for ... */
10420 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
10421 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10423 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
10424 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10427 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
10428 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
10429 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
10431 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
10432 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
10433 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
10434 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
10435 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
10436 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
10437 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
10439 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
10440 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
10441 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
10442 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
10443 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
10444 constructor function. */
10445 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
10447 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
10448 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
10450 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
10451 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
10453 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
10454 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
10456 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
10457 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
10464 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
10467 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
)
10469 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10471 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10472 dw_die_ref var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
10474 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10475 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
10476 || class_scope_p (context_die
));
10478 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10479 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
10481 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
10482 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
10484 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
10485 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
10488 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
10489 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
)
10490 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
10492 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
10493 add_AT_die_ref (var_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
10494 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
10496 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10498 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
10499 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10501 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10502 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
10504 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
,
10505 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10510 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
10511 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
10512 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
10514 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
10515 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
10517 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10518 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10520 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
10521 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
10522 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
10523 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
10527 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10529 if (class_scope_p (context_die
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10530 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
10532 if (! declaration
&& ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10534 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
10535 add_pubname (decl
, var_die
);
10538 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
10541 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
10544 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
)
10546 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10548 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10549 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
10551 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10553 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10554 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
10556 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
10558 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10559 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
10562 insn
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
10564 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
10565 eliminated because of various optimisations. We still emit them
10566 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
10567 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CODE_LABEL
10568 || ((GET_CODE (insn
) == NOTE
10569 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
)))
10571 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
10572 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
10573 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
10574 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
10575 it if it ever does happen. */
10576 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
))
10579 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
10580 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
10585 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
10588 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
10590 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10593 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
10594 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10596 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
10598 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
))
10602 add_AT_range_list (stmt_die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
10604 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
10607 add_ranges (chain
);
10608 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
10615 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
10616 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
10617 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
10618 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
10619 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
10620 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
10624 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
10627 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
10630 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
10632 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10635 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
10637 dw_die_ref subr_die
10638 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
10639 tree decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
10640 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10642 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. */
10643 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
10645 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
10646 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
10647 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
10648 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
10649 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
10650 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
10651 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
10652 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
10653 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
10656 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
10657 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
10658 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
10659 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
10660 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
10661 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
10662 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
10663 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
10664 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
10665 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
10666 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
10668 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
10671 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
10674 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
)
10676 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10678 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
10680 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
10681 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
10682 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
10685 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
10687 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
10688 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
10689 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
10692 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
10693 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
10695 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10696 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10698 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
10699 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
10700 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
10701 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
10705 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
10706 Use modified_type_die instead.
10707 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
10708 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
10711 gen_pointer_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10713 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10716 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10718 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
10719 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
10720 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
10723 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
10724 Use modified_type_die instead.
10725 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
10726 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
10729 gen_reference_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10731 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10734 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10736 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
10737 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
10738 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
10742 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
10745 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10747 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10750 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
10751 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10753 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
10754 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
10755 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
10756 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
10759 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
10762 gen_compile_unit_die (filename
)
10763 const char *filename
;
10766 char producer
[250];
10767 const char *wd
= getpwd ();
10768 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
10771 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
10772 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
10774 if (wd
!= NULL
&& filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
)
10775 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, wd
);
10777 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
10779 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10780 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
10781 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
10782 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
10783 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
10784 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
10785 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
10786 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10787 strcat (producer
, " -g");
10790 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
10792 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
10793 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
10794 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
10795 language
= DW_LANG_Ada83
;
10796 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
10797 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
10798 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
10799 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
10800 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
10801 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
10803 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
10805 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
10809 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
10812 gen_string_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10814 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10816 dw_die_ref type_die
10817 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10819 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10821 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
10822 TODO: add string length info. */
10824 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)));
10825 bound_representation (upper_bound
, 0, 'u');
10829 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
10832 gen_inheritance_die (binfo
, context_die
)
10834 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10836 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
10838 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
10839 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
10841 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo
))
10842 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
10844 if (TREE_VIA_PUBLIC (binfo
))
10845 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
10846 else if (TREE_VIA_PROTECTED (binfo
))
10847 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
10850 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
10853 gen_member_die (type
, context_die
)
10855 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10860 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
10861 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
10862 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
10863 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
10864 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
10865 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
10866 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
10867 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
10868 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
10869 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
10870 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
10872 /* First output info about the base classes. */
10873 if (TYPE_BINFO (type
) && TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type
))
10875 tree bases
= TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type
);
10876 int n_bases
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases
);
10879 for (i
= 0; i
< n_bases
; i
++)
10880 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases
, i
), context_die
);
10883 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
10884 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
10886 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
10887 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
10888 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
10889 do put them in the right order. */
10891 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
10893 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
10895 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
10898 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
10899 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
10901 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
10902 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
10905 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
10907 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
10909 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
10913 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
10914 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
10915 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
10918 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10920 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10922 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
10923 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
10925 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
10926 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
10927 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
10929 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
10932 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
10933 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
10936 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
10938 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
10939 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
10941 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
10943 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
10944 ? DW_TAG_structure_type
: DW_TAG_union_type
,
10946 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10948 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
10950 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
10953 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10955 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
10956 then give a list of members. */
10959 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
10960 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
10961 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
10962 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10963 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
10964 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
10966 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10967 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10968 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10969 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
10971 push_decl_scope (type
);
10972 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
10975 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
10976 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
10978 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
10980 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
10981 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
10982 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
10987 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10989 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
10990 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
10991 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
10992 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types
, type
);
10996 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
10999 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11001 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11003 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
11004 dw_die_ref subr_die
11005 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
11006 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11008 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
11009 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
11010 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
11011 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
11014 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition */
11017 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
)
11019 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11021 dw_die_ref type_die
;
11024 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
11027 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
11028 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
11029 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11030 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11031 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
11036 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
11037 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
11039 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
11041 if (type
== TREE_TYPE (decl
))
11044 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
11047 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
11049 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
11050 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
11053 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11054 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
11057 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
11060 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11062 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11066 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11069 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
11070 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
11071 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
11072 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
11073 cloned type itself). */
11074 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
11075 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
11077 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11080 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
11081 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
11083 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
11084 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == type
)
11087 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11088 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), context_die
);
11092 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11098 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
11099 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
11100 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
11101 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
11102 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
11104 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11106 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
11107 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
11108 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11112 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
11113 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
11114 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
);
11116 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
11117 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11119 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
11121 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11125 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
), context_die
);
11126 gen_set_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11130 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11131 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
11134 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
11135 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11136 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11137 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11141 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11142 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11143 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11147 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == CHAR_TYPE
)
11149 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11150 gen_string_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11153 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11157 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11160 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11163 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11164 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
11165 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
11166 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
11167 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
11168 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
11169 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
11170 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
11171 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
11172 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
11174 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
);
11176 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11179 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
11180 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11181 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11187 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
11188 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11190 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11195 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
11196 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
11197 when appropriate. */
11206 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
11210 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
11217 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11220 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
11223 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (type
, context_die
)
11225 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11227 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11230 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
11231 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
11232 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
11234 if (type
!= type_main_variant (type
))
11237 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
11238 an instance of an unresolved type. */
11240 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11245 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11246 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11250 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11254 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11255 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11263 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
11264 things which are local to the given block. */
11267 gen_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
11269 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11272 int must_output_die
= 0;
11275 enum tree_code origin_code
;
11277 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11278 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| !TREE_USED (stmt
)
11279 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)))
11282 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
11283 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
11284 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
11285 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
11289 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
11290 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
11295 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
11296 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
11297 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
11298 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
11299 the current block. */
11300 origin
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
11301 origin_code
= (origin
!= NULL
) ? TREE_CODE (origin
) : ERROR_MARK
;
11303 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
11305 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
11306 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
11307 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
11308 must_output_die
= 1;
11311 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
11312 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
11313 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
11314 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
11315 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
11316 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
11317 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
11318 if (! is_body_block (origin
? origin
: stmt
))
11320 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
11321 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
11322 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11323 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
11324 as being a "significant" one. */
11325 must_output_die
= (BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
);
11327 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
11328 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
11329 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
11330 decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
11331 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
11332 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
11334 must_output_die
= 1;
11340 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
11341 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
11342 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
11343 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
11344 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
11345 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
11346 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
11347 if (must_output_die
)
11349 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
11350 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11352 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11355 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11358 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
11359 all of its sub-blocks. */
11362 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
11364 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11370 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11371 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| ! TREE_USED (stmt
))
11374 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
11375 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
11376 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
11377 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
11378 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
11382 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
11383 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11384 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
11385 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11389 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11390 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
11392 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
11395 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
11396 therein) of this block. */
11397 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
11399 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
11400 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
11403 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
11406 is_redundant_typedef (decl
)
11409 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
11412 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
11413 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
11414 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
11415 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
11416 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
11417 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
11423 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
11426 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
)
11428 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11432 if (DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
11435 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
11441 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
11442 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
11445 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
11446 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
11447 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
11448 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
&& DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
11449 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)))
11452 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
11453 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
11454 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
11456 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
11457 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
11458 else if (DECL_INLINE (decl
) && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
11459 && ! class_scope_p (context_die
)
11460 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
11461 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
11462 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
11463 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
11465 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
11466 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
11469 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
11470 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11472 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
11473 have described its return type. */
11474 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
11476 /* And its virtual context. */
11477 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
11478 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
11480 /* And its containing type. */
11481 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
11482 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
11483 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
11486 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
11487 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
11491 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
11492 actual typedefs. */
11493 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11496 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
11497 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
11498 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
11499 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
11500 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
11501 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
11502 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
11504 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
11508 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
11509 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
11511 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
11512 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
11516 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
11517 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
11521 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
11522 variable declarations or definitions. */
11523 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11526 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
11528 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
11530 /* And its containing type. */
11531 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
11532 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
11533 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
11535 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
11536 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
11537 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
11539 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11540 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
11541 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
11543 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
);
11547 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
11548 anonymous unions. */
11549 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
11550 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
)
11552 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
11553 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
11558 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
11559 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
11562 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
11563 /* Ignore for now. */
11572 mark_limbo_die_list (ptr
)
11573 void *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
11575 limbo_die_node
*node
;
11576 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
11577 ggc_mark_tree (node
->created_for
);
11580 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
11583 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (filename
, context_list
)
11584 const char *filename
;
11585 const char *context_list
;
11587 unsigned int file_index
;
11589 if (filename
!= NULL
)
11591 dw_die_ref unit_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_module
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
11592 tree context_list_decl
11593 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL
, get_identifier (context_list
),
11596 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl
) = TRUE
;
11597 add_name_attribute (unit_die
, context_list
);
11598 file_index
= lookup_filename (filename
);
11599 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
11600 add_pubname (context_list_decl
, unit_die
);
11604 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
11605 compilation proper has finished. */
11608 dwarf2out_global_decl (decl
)
11611 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
11612 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
11613 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
11614 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
11615 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
11616 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
11619 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
11622 dwarf2out_decl (decl
)
11625 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
11627 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
11632 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
11633 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
11634 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
11635 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
11636 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl
))
11639 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
11640 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
11641 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
11642 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
11643 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
11644 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
11645 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
11646 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
11647 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
11648 with the definition of the function.
11650 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
11651 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
11652 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
11653 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
11654 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
11655 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
11656 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
11657 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
11658 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
11659 that they *are* definitions).
11661 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
11662 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
11663 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
11664 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
11665 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
11666 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
11669 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
11670 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
11671 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
11672 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
11673 context_die
= NULL
;
11677 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
11678 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
11679 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
11680 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
11681 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
11682 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
11683 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
11684 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
11685 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
11688 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
11689 variable declarations or definitions. */
11690 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11695 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
11696 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
11699 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
11700 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
11701 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
) == 0)
11703 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
11704 comparisons have. */
11705 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
11706 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
)
11707 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
11708 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
11709 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
11714 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
11715 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11718 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
11719 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
11720 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
11721 context_die
= NULL
;
11729 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
11732 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
11733 a lexical block. */
11736 dwarf2out_begin_block (line
, blocknum
)
11737 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
11738 unsigned int blocknum
;
11740 function_section (current_function_decl
);
11741 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
11744 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
11748 dwarf2out_end_block (line
, blocknum
)
11749 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
11750 unsigned int blocknum
;
11752 function_section (current_function_decl
);
11753 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
11756 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
11757 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
11759 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
11760 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
11761 we may end up calling them anyway. */
11764 dwarf2out_ignore_block (block
)
11769 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
11770 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
11771 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
11777 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
11778 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
11779 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
11780 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
11781 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
11782 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
11783 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
11784 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
11785 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
11789 lookup_filename (file_name
)
11790 const char *file_name
;
11794 /* ??? Why isn't DECL_SOURCE_FILE left null instead. */
11795 if (strcmp (file_name
, "<internal>") == 0
11796 || strcmp (file_name
, "<built-in>") == 0)
11799 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
11800 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
11801 if (file_table
.last_lookup_index
!= 0)
11802 if (0 == strcmp (file_name
,
11803 file_table
.table
[file_table
.last_lookup_index
]))
11804 return file_table
.last_lookup_index
;
11806 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
11807 for (i
= 1; i
< file_table
.in_use
; i
++)
11808 if (strcmp (file_name
, file_table
.table
[i
]) == 0)
11810 file_table
.last_lookup_index
= i
;
11814 /* Prepare to add a new table entry by making sure there is enough space in
11815 the table to do so. If not, expand the current table. */
11816 if (i
== file_table
.allocated
)
11818 file_table
.allocated
= i
+ FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11819 file_table
.table
= (char **)
11820 xrealloc (file_table
.table
, file_table
.allocated
* sizeof (char *));
11823 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
11824 file_table
.table
[i
] = xstrdup (file_name
);
11825 file_table
.in_use
= i
+ 1;
11826 file_table
.last_lookup_index
= i
;
11828 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
11830 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ", i
);
11831 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
, file_name
);
11832 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
11841 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
11842 file_table
.table
= (char **) xcalloc (FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT
, sizeof (char *));
11843 file_table
.allocated
= FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11845 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
11846 file_table
.in_use
= 1;
11847 file_table
.last_lookup_index
= 0;
11850 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
11851 and record information relating to this source line, in
11852 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
11855 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, filename
)
11857 const char *filename
;
11859 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
11861 function_section (current_function_decl
);
11863 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
11864 if (flag_debug_asm
)
11865 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
11868 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
11870 unsigned file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
11872 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
11873 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num
, line
);
11875 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
11876 line_info_table_in_use
++;
11878 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
11879 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
11880 separate_line_info_table_in_use
++;
11882 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
11884 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
11885 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
11886 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
11888 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
11889 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
11890 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
11892 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11893 separate_line_info_table
11894 = (dw_separate_line_info_ref
)
11895 xrealloc (separate_line_info_table
,
11896 separate_line_info_table_allocated
11897 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
));
11900 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
11902 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
11903 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
11904 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
11905 line_info
->function
= current_funcdef_number
;
11909 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
11911 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
11912 line_info_table_in_use
);
11914 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
11915 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
11917 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11919 = (dw_line_info_ref
)
11920 xrealloc (line_info_table
,
11921 (line_info_table_allocated
11922 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
)));
11925 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
11926 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
11927 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
11928 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
11933 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
11936 dwarf2out_start_source_file (lineno
, filename
)
11937 unsigned int lineno
;
11938 const char *filename
;
11940 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
11942 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
11943 dw_die_ref bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
11944 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, filename
);
11947 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
11949 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
11950 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
11951 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
11953 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename
),
11954 "Filename we just started");
11958 /* Record the end of a source file. */
11961 dwarf2out_end_source_file (lineno
)
11962 unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
11964 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
11965 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
11966 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
11968 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
11970 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
11971 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
11975 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
11976 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
11977 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
11980 dwarf2out_define (lineno
, buffer
)
11981 unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
11982 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
11984 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
11986 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
11987 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
11988 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
11989 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
11993 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
11994 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
11995 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
11998 dwarf2out_undef (lineno
, buffer
)
11999 unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12000 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12002 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12004 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12005 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
12006 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
12007 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
12011 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
12014 dwarf2out_init (main_input_filename
)
12015 const char *main_input_filename
;
12017 init_file_table ();
12019 /* Remember the name of the primary input file. */
12020 primary_filename
= main_input_filename
;
12022 /* Add it to the file table first, under the assumption that we'll
12023 be emitting line number data for it first, which avoids having
12024 to add an initial DW_LNS_set_file. */
12025 lookup_filename (main_input_filename
);
12027 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
12029 = (dw_die_ref
*) xcalloc (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
, sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
12030 decl_die_table_allocated
= DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12031 decl_die_table_in_use
= 0;
12033 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
12034 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table
, 256, "decl_scope_table");
12035 ggc_add_tree_varray_root (&decl_scope_table
, 1);
12037 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
12039 = (dw_die_ref
*) xcalloc (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
,
12040 sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
12041 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12042 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12043 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
12045 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
12047 = (dw_line_info_ref
) xcalloc (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
,
12048 sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
12049 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12051 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12052 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
12054 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
12055 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
12056 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
12057 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
12058 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. */
12059 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (main_input_filename
);
12061 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types
, 64, "incomplete_types");
12062 ggc_add_tree_varray_root (&incomplete_types
, 1);
12064 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray
, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
12065 ggc_add_rtx_varray_root (&used_rtx_varray
, 1);
12067 ggc_add_root (&limbo_die_list
, 1, 1, mark_limbo_die_list
);
12069 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
12070 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
12071 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12072 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12073 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12075 strcpy (text_section_label
, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION_NAME
));
12077 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
12078 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12079 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
12080 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12081 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
12082 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12083 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12084 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
12085 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12086 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
12087 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12088 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
12090 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12092 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12093 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
12094 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12095 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
12098 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12101 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
12105 /* Allocate a string in .debug_str hash table. */
12108 indirect_string_alloc (tab
)
12109 hash_table
*tab ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12111 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
12113 node
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
12114 node
->refcount
= 0;
12116 node
->label
= NULL
;
12118 return (hashnode
) node
;
12121 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
12122 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
12125 output_indirect_string (pfile
, h
, v
)
12126 struct cpp_reader
*pfile ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12128 const PTR v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12130 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) h
;
12132 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
12134 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
);
12135 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
12136 assemble_string ((const char *) HT_STR (&node
->id
),
12137 HT_LEN (&node
->id
) + 1);
12143 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
12144 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
12147 dwarf2out_finish (input_filename
)
12148 const char *input_filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12150 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
12151 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
12153 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
12154 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
12155 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
12156 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
12158 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
12160 next_node
= node
->next
;
12163 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
12165 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
12169 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
12170 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
12172 /* If this was an expression for a bound involved in a function
12173 return type, it may be a SAVE_EXPR for which we weren't able
12174 to find a DIE previously. So try now. */
12175 else if (node
->created_for
12176 && TREE_CODE (node
->created_for
) == SAVE_EXPR
12177 && 0 != (origin
= (lookup_decl_die
12179 (node
->created_for
)))))
12180 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
12181 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
12182 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
12183 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
12184 else if (node
->created_for
12185 && ((DECL_P (node
->created_for
)
12186 && (context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
)))
12187 || (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
)
12188 && (context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
))))
12189 && TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
12191 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
12192 nested function can be optimized away, which results
12193 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
12194 with the return type of that nested function. Force
12195 this to be a child of the containing function. */
12196 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
12199 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
12208 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
12210 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
12211 emit full debugging info for them. */
12212 retry_incomplete_types ();
12214 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
12215 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
12216 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die
);
12218 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
12219 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
12220 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12221 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
12223 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
12224 that have children. */
12225 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
12226 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12227 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
12229 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
12231 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
12233 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
12234 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
12235 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
12236 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
12237 examining the file. */
12238 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
12240 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12241 output_line_info ();
12244 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
12245 if (have_location_lists
)
12247 /* Output the location lists info. */
12248 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12249 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
12250 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12251 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
12252 output_location_lists (die
);
12253 have_location_lists
= 0;
12256 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
12258 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
12260 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
12261 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
12264 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
12265 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
12266 else if (have_location_lists
|| ranges_table_in_use
)
12267 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
12269 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
12270 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
12271 debug_line_section_label
);
12273 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12274 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
12276 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
12277 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
12278 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12279 output_comp_unit (node
->die
);
12281 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
);
12283 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
12284 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12285 output_abbrev_section ();
12287 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
12288 if (pubname_table_in_use
)
12290 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12291 output_pubnames ();
12294 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
12295 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
12296 if (fde_table_in_use
)
12298 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12302 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
12303 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
12305 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12306 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
12310 /* Have to end the primary source file. */
12311 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12313 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12314 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
12317 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
12319 if (debug_str_hash
)
12320 ht_forall (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
12322 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO */